^ v ^ "Vgvs^y w ^> .<&> / % "o V^ > rS"' w ^tO^ « s> <3* °, ^d* * to ^ ^ ^ 9, ' ^^,v , - i */.-.\' , - , vv., < <*.. ' .». ^ O, *0. X* A* v ^*^. *% _ » O O -» fll' V * ^ * ° o- v ^.d« r J ** £<& », ^ K ^ v * Y * ° * ^ °a. *<>♦ x* \^ ^ G C * \ 4 ^ ^ ^ *V ^ •VM:%^ c3 ^> ^ %lO* * ^^o,^ ^ ^ * y °« x* A^> 6, 'o, x* a / % r/ = "^ V o. 1 ' * C ^ ^ 1$* ^< 5 ^ <* r ^0^ * ^ ^" % CU y o •^ .^ W * a / * * s * A G ^S - ^. ■- tS ^ *».*■ ,#" '^ s \0 V / ^ 'V ^V" ^^^V" ^ ^ ^ ; * 4 %. ^ y o . x * , 86«). The rest may well be left to oral teaching, one and another rule being later brought in as found desirable: especially, the pupil will need further on to note the rules as to the occurrence of mute e and 6 and e (19, 20a, 21a), which settle so many cases of otherwise doubtful orthography. At the end of the volume are appended a few conversa- tions, illustrations of the idiomatic usages of French and English, and a list of ihe verbs governing the infinitive in French, with explanations of their construction. All these, it is believed, will be found useful auxiliaries by a well-instructed teacher. The ' ' Second Part" here and there referred to is a sup- plement and successor to the main part of the work as here given, and constituting together with it the "Practical French Grammar, with Exercises, and Illustrative Sen- VI PKEFACE. tences from French Authors," published last year. Tt pre- sents a fuller and more penetrating view of the usages of the language, especially of the syntactical usages. It is not divided into Lessons, but follows the usual order of subjects in a systematic grammar, adding under each sub- ject sentences excerpted from French authors of repute, in illustration of the rules given and principles stated. English Themes are also given, for further practice in ap- plying the rules. A succinct view of the relations of French to Latin introduces the Part. Yale College, New Haven, June, 1887. TABLE OF CONTENTS. The references are to pages only. PAGE Alphabet and Pronunciation, 1-26 Alphabet, 1-2 ; division of syllables, 2 ; accents and other orthographic marks, 2-4 ; accent, 4 ; pronuncia- tion of the simple vowels, 4-10 ; of the digraphs or vowel compounds, 11-2 ; of the nasal vowels, 12-5 ; of the consonants, 15-25 ; linking or carrying-on of final consonants, 25-6. Lessons, with Exercises, 27-198 I. Gender, articles, etc. ; present of avoir, . . 27 II. Plural of nouns ; present of etre, . . .30 III. The prepositions a and de ; imperfect of avoir and etre, 33 IV. Partitive and inclusive senses of the noun ; pret- erit of do. , .36 V. Material and measure ; future of do., . . 40 VI. Prepositions ; proper names ; conditional of do. , 43 VII. Adjectives— gender ; imperative of do. , . . 46 VIII. Adjectives — number, position ; present subjunc- tive of do. , . . . . . . .50 IX. Adjectives — comparison ; imperfect subjunctive of do. , 54 X. Conjugation — the verb avoir have, . .57 XI. Conjugation of the verb etre be, . .62 XII. Negative conjugation, 65 XIII. Demonstrative and interrogative adjectives, . 69 XIV. Possessive and indefinite adjectives, . . .72 XV. Cardinal numerals, 76 XVI. Ordinal numerals, 79 XVII. Numerals continued — months and week-days, . 82 XVIII. Regular verbs ; first conjugation, . .85 Vlii TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAOK XIX. Second regular conjugation, . . .90 XX. Third regular conjugation, . . . .94 XXI. Irregular verbs : first conjugation, . . 98 XXII. Conjunctive personal pronouns, . . .102 XXIII. Disjunctive and conjunctive pronouns, . . 107 XXIV. Demonstrative pronouns ; irregular verbs, vouloir, Ill XXV. Interrogative pronouns ; the irregular verb pouvoir, 117 XXVI. Relative pronouns ; the irregular verb devoir, 121 XXVII. Possessive and indefinite pronouns ; the ir- regular verb aller, 12G XXVIII. Passive verbs ; auxiliaries, . . . .131 XXIX. Reflexive verbs, . 135 XXX. Impersonal verbs, 139 XXXI. Adverbs from adjectives; the irregular verb venir, 143 XXXII. Various adverbs ; the irregular verb faire, . 148 XXXIII. Prepositions ; the irregular verb dire, . . 153 XXXIV. Conjunctions ; the irregular verb savoir, . 157 XXXV. Irregular verbs ending in ire (1-14), . . 162 XXXVI. Irregular verbs in aindre etc. and aitre etc. (15-20), 166 XXXVII. Further irregular verbs in re (21-29), . .171 XXXVIII. The remaining irregular verbs in re (30-37), 175 XXXIX. Irregular verbs in ir (38-51), . . .180 XL. The remaining irregular verbs in ir (52-64), 185 XLI. Irregular verbs in oir (65-71), • . .190 XLII. The remaining irregular verbs in oir, and those in er (72-83), 194 Index of Irregular Verbs, Simple and Compound, . 199-201 Infinitive Constructions, 202 Vocabularies: I. French-English Vocabulary, 207 II. English-French Vocabulary, 232 Familiar Conversations, 247 Idiomatic Phrases, 267 General Index, 299 FIRST PART. ALPHABET A1STD PKONLWCIATIOK For suggestions as to the use of this introductory chapter on pronunciation, see the Preface. u u P pe q ku v ve w double ve r erre x iks s esse t te y i grec z zed ALPHABET. 1. The French alphabet is the same with the English. a. But the letters k aud w occur only in a few words, borrowed out of other languages. 2. The letters of the alphabet and their names are as follows (the names pronounced as French words) : a a h ache b be i i c ce j ji d de k ka e e 1 elle f effe m emme g ge n enne a. In reading and spelling, however, it is now common to name each consonant by its own sound followed by a mute e (18), which is pronounced only just enough to let the character of the conso- nant be distinguished : thus, for b, be instead of be ; for g, guo or je (according as the g is hard or soft) instead of ge ; and so on. But when any letter is named by itself, it is always by the name given in the above table. 3. Use of Capitals. — As regards the use of capitals, French agrees in general with English, but with the fol- lowing important exceptions : a. An adjective derived from a proper name does not take a capital when used as an adjective, but only when it has the value of a noun. Thus, un livre francais, a French book, but un Franqais, a Frenchman ; des chevaux americains, American horses, but des Americains, Americans. 2 ALPHABET. [3— b. The names of the days of the week and of the months are not written with capitals in French. Thus, lundi, Monday, juin, June. c. The word for 7, namely je, is not written with a capital. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 4. The rules as to how a French word is to be divided into syllables are of much practical importance in their bearing on the mute e (18) and on the nasal vowels (46). a. A single consonant between vowels always belongs to the following vowel. Thus, fi-ni, ai-me-rai, de-cou-ra-ger, ge-ne-reu-se-ment, i-ni- mi-ta-bi-li-te. b. Also two consonants, if they are such as may begin a French word, belong to the following vowel. Thus, a-pres, re-gler, a-bri, e-clos, a-droit, tre-fle, ou-tre, ou-vris. Such groups have r or 1 as their final member : they are br, bl ; cr, cl ; dr ; fr, fl ; gr, gl ; pr, pi ; tr ; vr. c. A consonant digraph, or group of two consonants repre- senting a single sound, is treated as if one consonant only ; such are ch, ph, th, gn : thus, a-che-ter, pro-phe-ti-e, pa-the-ti-que, a-gneau. d. Other groups of two consonants are divided, the former consonant going to the preceding vowel, the latter to the follow- ing vowel : thus, al-ler, frap-per, in-su, es-pe-ran-ce, ad-mi-ra- ble. e. Groups of three or more consonants follow the same princi- ples of division : thus, com-bler, per-dre, in-stant. /. A few exceptional cases occur : x belongs to the preceding vowel, as ex-em-ple; n and h. (in words of compound origin) are divided, though the h. is silent, as bon-heur; also divide in-strui-re, at-mo-sphe-re, etc. ACCENTS AND OTHER ORTHOGRAPHIC MARKS. 5. Three accent-marks are used in French, and consti- tute a part of the necessary written form of French words. They are the acute accent, as in 6t6, cr66 ; the 9] OETHOGBAPHIC MARKS. 3 grave accent, as in des, la, oil ; and the circumflex ac- cent, as in pate, fete, ile, hote, futes. a. These accent-marks do not at all point out the actually ac- cented syllable of a word ; but they in part show differences of vowel-sound, in part are means of distinction of words otherwise spelt alike, and in part show something respecting the history of the word. b. It is just as great a fault in writing French to leave off an accent or to write a wrong accent, as to leave out a letter or to write a wrong letter. c. In spelling, the accent should always be mentioned along with the vowel to which it belongs : thus, ete is " e acute, t, e acute"; a. is "a grave' 1 ; ile is " i circumflex, 1, e"; and so on. 6. a. The acute accent occurs only on the vowel e. b. The grave occurs almost always on e ; but also on a in a very few words (16), and on u in ou, where. c. The circumflex occurs on all vowels, usually as a sign of con- traction, and in the great majority of cases showing the loss of an s, formerly written after the vowel now circumflexed : thus, hate for older haste (Eng. haste), f§te for feste (Eng. feast), hdte for hoste (Eng. host), ile for isle (Eng. isle), futes for fustes (Lat. fuistis), maitre for maistre (Eng. master), couter for couster (Eng. cost), and so on. 7. The cedilla is a mark placed under a c (thus, 9), to give it its soft or s-sound before the vowels a, 0, u (where it would otherwise be pronounced hard, like k : 585) : thus, placa, facon, recu, c'a. 8. The dleresis (Fr. trema) is a double dot, set (as sometimes also in English) over a vowel which is to be pronounced separately from a preceding vowel, not form- ing with it a diphthong : thus, hair (i.e. ha-ir), oui (i.e. ou-i). a. It is also used on the vowel that follows a gu, if the u is to be pronounced (compare 62/) : thus, ambiguite, ambigue (where the e itself is silent). 9. The apostrophe shows, as in English, the loss of a final vowel which has been cut off before another vowel : thus, l'ami, s'il. a. The vowel thus cut off is almost always e (26c); but in a few cases it is a (15) or i (296). 4 PRONUNCIATION. [10— 10. The hyphen is used, as in English, but more fre- quently and strictly, between parts of words, and whole words regarded as having an, especially close connection with one another. The cases where it is required will be stated below. ACCENT. 11. The actual accent, or stress of voice on one of the syllables of a word of two or more syllables, rests in French on the last syllable that is fully pronounced — i.e. that does not have as its vowel a mute e. Thus, palais', mala'de, maladroit', maladroi'te, melancoli'e, indubita'ble, reconcilier', reconcilie'rent, indivisibilite'. a. This accented syllable regularly and usually represents the one which had the accent in Latin: see Part Second, § J8u. h. But the stress of voice is very slight. In general, the syllables of a French word (except those containing a mute e) are uttered with equal distinctness and nearly even stress. c. This evenness of utterance, and equal distinctness of vowel sound in all the syllables of a word, is one of the most striking peculiarities of French pronunciation as compared with English, and cannot be too much insisted on and practised. PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS. 12. Quantity. — There is no strongly-marked distinc- tion of long and short vowels in French, such as there is in English (and in German). French vowels are in general short, though sometimes a little prolonged — oftenest be- fore a final pronounced r, and when circumflexed. 13. A, a. — a. When final, or followed at the end of a word only by a silent consonant or by r, a has very nearly the full open sound of English a mfar or father. Thus, ira, donna, la, a, cas, bras, plat, drap, car. b. Elsewhere, a is a little flattened, like English a in flat, cap, jack, only not quite so much so, 18] TOWELS. 5 Thus, ami, animal, cabane, malade, bague, place, passe, ame, pate, age, chateau. c. For an and am nasal, see 48. 14. The a is silent in aotit, August, aouteron, reaper, taon, horse-fly, Caen, Curacao (last syllable), Saone. 15. The final a of la (article and object-pronoun) is cut off be- fore a vowel (or a silent h) : thus, l'amie, l'histoire, il l'aime. a. But not that of la as pronoun after the verb, except before another object-pronoun: thus, trouve-la aimable ; but envoyez- l'y. 16. An a has the grave accent in the preposition a, to, and the adverbs la, there (with most of its compounds, but not cela, that), and ca, here (with its compound deca, on this side), to distinguish these words from a (verb), la (article and pronoun), and 9a (pronoun) ; also in deja, already (and the almost obsolete ja). It often has the circumflex ; but never the acute. 17. E, e. — This vowel has in French a greater variety of written form and of pronunciation than any other, being written as e, 6, e, e, and pronounced with a mute, a closer, and an opener sound. 18. Mute ok Silent e. — a. A simple e (that is, one without accent-sign) standing at the end of a syllable (4) has the so called " mute" or " silent" value (e mnet) : that is, it is pronounced as briefly and lightly as possi- ble, and what sound it has is like that of English u in hut or hurt. - 6. The sound is quite precisely that in English the before a consonant in real colloquial utterance : thus, "tell us the name of the man." Examples are le, me, de, te-nir, re-gard, re-gar-de, re-le-va, ra-me-na, en-ne-mi. In many situations — especially at the end of a word of more than one syllable, as table, rare, ma- chine, abortive — it is in ordinary utterance entirely silent ; but still it makes theoretically a syllable (thus, ra-re, ma-chi-ne, a- bor-ti-ve), which counts as such in poetry, and in singing must be uttered as much as any other syllable. In learning French pronunciation, the pupil must first be able to give the right sound to the vowel, and then duly to slight or Omit it. c. The same sound belongs also to the e of es at the end of a word (excepting in the monosyllables les, des, ces, mes, tes, ses), and to that of ent at the end of the 3d pers. plural of a verb : thus, rares, machines, certes, donnes, donnent, regardent, don- nassent. 6 PRONUNCIATION. [18— d. More exceptional cases are dessus, dessous, ressource, and most other words beginning with ress-; also faisant etc. (39c), and monsieur (546). e. The e of je, i", when following the verb, is completely silent, in the same manner as at the end of a word of more than one syllable : thus, ai-je, have I? pronounced as if written aige ; suis-je, am If as if suige ; avais-je, had If as if avaige ; and so on. 19. The acute and grave accents, as used on e, are signs giving it a full pronunciation, where otherwise it would be mute. No 6 or e is ever written unless with- out the accent the e would (by the rules of the preced- ing paragraph) have its mute value. 20. a. As between the acute and grave, the general rule is that the grave is written if a next following sylla- ble in the same word is a mute one; otherwise, the acute. Thus, pe-re, che-re, le-ve, ce-de, me-ne-rai, pe-le-rin ; but ce-der, ce-da, ce-de, ce-le-bri-te ; and de-ce-de, ce-le-bre, ce-le- brent, pre-fe-res, te-ne-bres. But to this rule there are some exceptions: b. An e remains in the future and conditional of a verb having e in the infinitive: thus, ce-de-rai, ce-de-rais. c. An e, and not e, is usually written before g : thus, col-le-ge, ab-re"-ge. But the French. Academy has recently ruled that e should stand before g, just as before other consonants: thus, college, abrege. d. On the other hand, e is written before s at the end of a few words : thus, des, tres, pres, apres, expres, progres, succes. e. There are a few other special exceptions : thus, only e is in- itial, as in e-le-ver ; e is used in certain individual words, as de- velopper, evenement, medecin. 21. a. It is to be noted that the occurrence of two successive mute syllables in the same word is generally avoided. Thus, no word is ever composed of, or ends in, two mute syllables ; nor do two often come together in the middle of a word ; at the beginning they are not quite so rare (especially when re or de is prefixed to a verb already beginning with a mute syllable, as venir, 25] VOWELS. 7 revenir, devenir, and even redevenir). And no word ever begins with a mute e. b. Hence, such words as leve, mene, jete, chere, complete, ap- peles, leves, menes, cheres, or (as 3d pi. of a verb) levent, me- nent, are impossible in French; and wherever they would occur in the regular processes of word-formation or inflection, the con- currence of the two mute syllables is avoided by giving a full pronunciation to the first. This is oftenest done by writing the grave accent over it : thus, leve, mene, chere, complete, menes, menent — but sometimes by doubling the consonant (if it be 1 or n or t) instead : thus, belle (bel-le), appelles, sienne, prennent (3d pi.), nette, jette. o. Hence also (since a following je is pronounced as if a part of the same word with a preceding verb : 18e) the final e of a verb- form before je takes an accent, and this accent is the acute : thus, donne-je. 22. The e with acute accent, or 6, has the sound of English so-called " long «," in day and they, and the like (yet without the vanishing sound of " long And the inflection of the tenses that show a change of accent is : Present Indicative. Imperative. Present Subjunctive. cede cedons cedons cede cedions cedes cedez cede cedez cedes cediez cede cedent cede cedent c. But the yerb creer create retains the acute throughout : thus, je cree, ils creent, etc. ; also, in general usage hitherto, the verbs ending in the infinitive in eger : thus, from proteger pro- tect, je protege, ils protegent, etc. (but now better je protege, ils protegent, etc.: 20c). • 5. Verbs having c or g (pronounced soft) before final er of the infinitive retain the soft sound of these letters through their whole conjugation ; and this is signified by 100 LESSON XXI. writing a cedilla under the c (thus, 9), and by keeping an e after the g (62#), wherever in conjugation those letters come to be followed by a or 0. Thus, from placer place, and manger eat, we have je place, and nous placons ; je mange, and nous mangeons je placais, and nous placions ; je mangeais, and nous mangions nous placames and ils placerent; nous mangeames, and ils mangerent and so on. 6. Since y ( = double i) does not usually stand before a mute e (376j— therefore a. Verbs having a y before the final er of the infinitive change it to i when in conjugation it comes to be fol- lowed by a mute e. 6. Thus, for example, of the verb payer pay the synopsis of principal and derived forms is : payer payant paye paie payai paierai payais avoir paye paie payasse etc. etc. paierais paie And the present indicative is thus inflected : paie payons paies payez paie paient And in like manner with employer employ, appuyer support, and so on. c. But verbs in eyer preserve the y throughout : thus, je grasseye (not grasseie), etc. And some writers retain the y after a : thus, je paye, etc. 7. When the i of a verb ending in ier comes to be followed by i in inflection (namely, in 1st and 2d plur/ 'jmpf . indie, and pres. subj.), the two i's remain unchanged (do-not become y). Thus, from prier pray, oublier forget, we have nous priions, vous priiez ; que nous oubliions, que vous oubliiez. VOCABULARY, appeler, call acheter, buy mener, take, lead proteger, protect manger, eat commencer, begin employer, employ nettoyer, clean creer, create oublier, forget la domestique, servant, maid le berger, the shepherd le monde, the world le temps, the time IRREGULAR VERBS : FIRST CONJUGATION. 101 Exercise 81. J Appelle la domestique, Helene. 2 Je l'ai appelee, ma mere, ruais elle n'etait pas ici ; elle nettoyait les chambres. 3 Elle nettoiera votre chambre deniain. 4 Ce petit gar9on-ci mene aux champs les vaches et les brebis de son pere. 5 Le berger et son cbien protegent toujours les brebis. 6 Si le berger n'etait pas ici, ce vieux chien inenerait et protegerait les brebis. ' Quel fruit mangez-vous, mes enfants ? 8 Nous mangeons des cerises ; hier nous mangeames des pommes, et demain nous inangerons des poires. 9 Achetez-vous beaucoup de fruit ? 10 J'achete du fruit tous les jours de cette Tieille femme. " Si nous donnons de l'argent a ce gallon, il achetera du pain pour sa mere malade. ,2 Quoi- qu'il ait achete du pain pour sa mere, elle ne mangera rien. 13 Elle acheta du fruit et du vin pour cet homme, mais il ne mangea rien. 14 Charles, avez-vous commence ce livre-ci ? 15 Je conimencais hier, mais j'avais perdu le livre. l6 Nous commencons l'ecole aujourd'hui, et je menerai tous les en- fants a leur maitre. 1T Ont-ils oublie le mattre ? 18 Quoique nous oubliions le maitre, il n'oublie jamais ses eleves. 19 Emploie bien le temps, mon enfant, et n'oublie point ta tache. ~° Dieu a cree le monde, et il protege toujours les hommes. 31 II cree les arbres et leui's fruits. Theme 21. 1 Edward is hungry, but he does not eat any bread. 2 Let us buy some fruit, and let us eat two apples. 3 You ate (pret.) too many peaches yesterday. 4 If they buy bread to-day, they will buy wine to-morrow. 5 The ser- vant was cleaning the windows yesterday ; to-day she will clean the rooms of the house. 6 Did the school begin yes- terday ? 7 It would have begun, but the master was ill. 8 Let us be 2f in the school to-morrow. 9 The servant will 102 LESSON XXII. take all the children to the school. 10 Call Mary ; I called her, but she was not there. " The shepherd takes the sheep to the fields. 12 At five o'clock he will take the cows to the water. " He took the sheep to the water yesterday at two o'clock. H If they call the boy, he will protect the sheep. 15 My cousins build houses, and they employ many men. 36 We only employ one servant. 17 Let us begin this pretty story. 18 1 have forgotten the book. 19 We were at the school, and you always forgot the books. 20 These children were employing their time well. 21 They had finished the history, and they were beginning a new story. 22 God created all men, he created also the sheep and the cows. LESSON XXII. CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 1. Many pronouns in French, especially the personal pronouns, have a different form according as they are used conjunctively or disjunctively. 2. A conjunctive pronoun is one that is immediately connected with a verb, as either its subject or its direct or indirect object ; any other is disjunctive. 3. The subject-pronouns are already familiar ; they are: 1ST PERS. 2D PERS. 3D PERS. Sing, je, / tu, thou il, he; elle, she Plur. nous, we vous, you ils m., elles f., they a. In rare instances, however, even the subject-pronoun is obliged to take the disjunctive form : see Second Part, §§ 74a, 76. 4. The subject -pronoun stands in general immedi- diately before the personal verb, only the negative ne and the object-pronouns being allowed to come in be- tween the two. CONJUNCTIVE PEKSONAL PRONOUNS. 103 a. But, as in English, the subject-pronoun follows the verb in questions, and in interjected phrases like dit-il said he, and occasionally in other cases : see Second Part, § 224 etc. h. In a question, only the subject-pronoun changes its place, everything else remaining as it would be if the sentence were an assertion. 5. Of the object-pronouns, direct and indirect object, all the forms are these : Singular. Plural. 1st pers. me, moi, me, to me nous, us, to us 2d " te, toi, thee, to the vous, you, to you 3d " le, Mm ; la, her ; lui, to him or her les, them ; leur, to them 6. The uses of the object-pronouns are as follows : a. Nous and vous are unvaried, standing in every con- struction and position — as conjunctive pronouns and as disjunctive, as subject and as object, as direct and as in- direct object, before the verb and after it. b. Me and moi, and te and toi, are used either as direct or as indirect object, me and te before the verb, and moi and toi after it (for one exception, see XXIII. 65). Thus: tu m'aimes, thou lovest me aime moi, love me tu te donnes, fwu givest thyself donne-toi, give Hiyse 7 f vous me donnez, you give to me donnez-moi, give to me c. Le, la, and les are used as direct object only, le be- ing masculine, la feminine, and les of either gender ; lui and leur are used only as indirect object, both being of either gender : thus, il l'aime, he loves her aimez-la, love her elle l'aime, she loves him aime-le, love him je lui donne, I give to him or her donnez lui, give to him or Tier nous les vendons, we sell them vendons-les, let us sell them vous leur vendez, you sell to them vendez leur, sell to them 104 LESSOR XXII. d. Thus it is seen that the object-pronouns of the 1st and 2d sing, vary in form according to their position before or after the verb, and for that only ; while, on the contrary, those of the 3d pers. vary according to their character as direct or indirect object, and the direct object in the singular also for gender, but they have the same form before and after the verb. e. Notice that the direct-object pronouns le la les have the same form, and the same distinctions of gender and number, with the definite article. Le and la also have their vowels cut oft" be- fore a following vowel (or h mute,), just as when they are articles. 7. An object-pronoun, whether direct or indirect ob- ject, stands in general immediately before the governing verb — in the compound tenses, immediately before the auxiliary: but with this exception, that if the verb is an imperative affirmative, the pronoun stands instead direct- ly after it (and is joined to it by a hyphen). For examples, sec above, 66, c. a. Nothing is allowed to come between the verb and its pronoun-object; the subject, and the negative ne, when used, are placed outside of them : thus, je ne vous donne pas le livre, I do not give you the book mon ami ne t'a pas vu, wy friend has iwt seen thee ne les aimez vous pas, do you not love them f ne l'aura-t-il pas fini, icill he not have finished it? b. If the verb is an imperative negative, the object- pronoun precedes instead of following it : thus, ne lui donnez pas le livre, do not give him the book ne les aimez pas, do not love them 8. When a verb governs two object-pronouns, one direct and the other indirect, they are both together placed either before or after it, according to the rules just given — that is, after it in the imperative affirmative, otherwise before it. a. A verb in French does not have two direct objects; and al- most never two indirect, unless one be en or y (Second Part, § 158). CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 105 9. As regards their position relative to one another : a. When both come before the verb, the indirect stands first, unless it be of the third person (lui or leur), in which case it follows the direct : thus, je te le donne, I give it to thee vous nous le donnerez, you will give it to us je le lui ai donne, I have given it to him (or to her) vous le leur aviez donne, you had given it to them il ne me les vendra pas, he will not sell them to me il ne nous les a pas vendus, he has not sold them to us ne me les donne pas, do not give them to me ne vous la vendra-t il pas, will he not sell it to youf b. When both come after the verb, the indirect always stands last : thus, donnez les-moi, give them to me vendons-le-leur, let us sell it to them c. As the last examples show, both object-pronouns, when they follow the verb, are joined to it by hyphens. Some, however, prefer to omit the second hyphen : thus donnez-les moi. d. A brief rule, covering all cases of the relative position of direct and indirect object-pronoun, objects of the same verb, is as follows : Before the verb, the indirect-object pronoun, unless of the third person, precedes the direct. VOCABULARY. No new words, except the pronoun-forms above, are given to be learned with this Lesson. RCISE 22. 1 Le maitre n'aime-t-il pas ces enf ants ? 2 II ne les aime pas ; il les punit toujours. 3 Donnez-moi ces gateaux. 4 Non, mon enfant, je ne te les donnerai pas ; tu ne les mangeras pas. 6 Avez-vous bati votre maison a Paris ? 6 Je l'ai batie dans la ville. 7 Le boulanger vous a-t-il vendu ce pain-ci? 8 II ne nous Pa pas vendu, il nous Fa donne. • Les enf ants ont beaucoup de gateaux ; le boulanger les 106 LESSON XXII. leur a donnes. 10 Si vous avez dc bons li/res, donnez-les- moi. u Apportes-tu cette fleur a ma sceur? ia Oui, mon ami ; je ia lui apporte. 13 Apportez-moi aussi des fleurs. 14 Ne lui apportez pas de fruit. 15 Si j'avais du pain, je vous le donnerais. 16 II a faim ; je le lui donnerai. n Avez- vous votre livre, ou l'avez-vous perdu ? 18 Je l'ai perdu, monsieur ; je le cherche, mais je ne le trouve pas. 19 Cher- chez-le toujours ; vous le trouverez. 20 Ne me donnerez- vous pas ces jolies fleurs? 21 Je ne vous les donnerai pas ; je les ai achetees pour ma mere, et je les lui donnerai. 22 Si vous ne me l'aviez pas donne, je ne vous aurais pas aime. 23 Tu as les pommes de ces enfants ; donne-les-leur. 24 Si tu ne les leur donnes pas, je te punirai. Theme 22. 1 1 give you the book ; you give me the book ; they give her the book ; we give them the book ; he gives us the book ; thou givest him the book. a I give it to my friend ; thou givest them to thy brother ; we give it to our father. 3 1 give it to you ; you give it to me ; they give it to her ; we give it to them ; he gives it to us ; thou givest it to him ; give it to them ; do not give it to her. 4 Will you not give me this apple ? 5 1 shall not give it to you ; I shall give it to this boy. 6 Do not give it to him ; give it to me. 7 Did not the baker sell the bread to this woman ? 8 Yes ; he sold it to her ; he did not give it to her. 9 Will she give it to her children ? 10 She will not give it to them ; she is eating it. " Give it to me ; do not eat it. 12 Eat it ; do not sell it to them. 13 Bring me the book, and I will buy it. 14 If she had brought me cherries, I should have eaten them. 15 The shepherd had sheep, but he has lost them. 16 He is seeking them, and if he finds them, he will lead them to us. 17 Find me the book, and bring it to me. 18 Does the baker sell bread to the poor people ? 19 He does not sell it to them, because they have no money. 20 Let us DISJUNCTIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE PKONOUNS. 107 buy a piece of bread, and let us give it to tbem. 21 Although we have bread enough, we will not eat it ; we will give it to you. LESSON XXIII. DISJUNCTIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE PEONOUNS. 1. Personal pronouns not immediately connected with a verb, as either its subject or its direct or indirect ob- ject, are called disjunctive, or are said to be used disjunc- tively. 2. The disjunctive forms of the personal pronouns are : 1st pees. 2d pers. 3d pers. Sing. moi, me toi, thee lui, him ; elle, Tier Plur. nous, us vous, you eux m., elles 1, them a. Note that in the first and second persons these pronouns have the same form with some of the conjunctives, while in the third person eux is new, and lui, which as conjunctive pronoun (indirect object) is of either gender, as disjunctive is masculine only. 3. The ordinary constructions of the disjunctive pro- noun are these : a. With a preposition. Thus, a moi to me, de toi of thee, avec lui with him, sans elle without her, pour eux for them (m.), entre elles between them (f.). h. Used absolutely — that is, without any verb expressed with which they should be immediately connected : thus, qui a dit cela, who has said that moi, /(for je l'ai dit) qui avez-vous vu, whom ham you lui, him (for je l'ai vu) seen ? elle est plus grande que toi, she is taller than ilwn {art) faites eomme moi, do as I (do) 108 LESSON XXIII. c. In combination with meme self, to form emphatic pronouns corresponding to our myself, thyself, etc. : thus, moi-meme, myself nous-memes, ourselves toi-meme, thyself vous-memes, yourselves lui meme, himself eux memes, themselves (m.) elle-meme, herself elles-memes, themselves (f.) But nous-m§me ourself and vous-m§me yourself, when used of a single person (VII. lb). These pronouns admit of being used as subject : thus, lui- meme me l'a dit himself has said it to me. d. As predicates after the impersonal c'est, ce sont, it is : thus, c'est moi it is I, c'est vous it Is you, est-ce lui, is it he f but (XL 2b) ce sont eux, ce sont elles, it is they. e. But after personal forms of etre be, the conjunctive pronoun of the direct object is used as predicate, especially in the sense of it or so, standing for an adjective or noun already expressed : thus, dtes-vous heureux ? nous le sommes, are you happy f ire are so ; la reine ? je la suis, the queen f I am she (see Second Part, § 81). /. When more than one pronoun, or a pronoun and noun, are subjects of the same verb, the pronoun has the disjunctive form ; and if the two are not of the same person, the compound subject is usually represented by a suitable pronoun before the verb : thus, vous et moi (nous) sommes amis, you and rare friends lui et son oncle sont partis, he and his uncle are gone The same is necessary in the case of a compound object : thus, je vous ecoute toi et lui et elle, / listen to thee and him and her. g. If a subject-pronoun is separated from the verb by anything but the negative ne and object-pronouns, it has to take the dis- junctive form : thus, lui, saisissant un crayon, ecrivit he, seizing a pencil, wrote; eux seuls sont venus they alone have come. 4. Besides the personal pronouns already given, there is another, a reflexive pronoun of the 3d person, having the conjunctive form se and the disjunctive soi (like me moi, te toi). Se is used in the inflection of reflexive verbs (XXIX.), both as direct and as indirect object, both as singular and as plural ; soi is only singular, and usually relates to an indefinite subject : thus, chacun pense a soi, every one thinks of himself n'aimer que soi, to love only one's self DISJUNCTIVE AND CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 109 5. There are also two words, en and y, which have the value of genitive and dative cases, respectively, of per- sonal pronouns of the third person. They are used chief- ly of things, not of persons (except of unspecified persons in the plural). a. En means of it, of them, and so on ; it is the equiva- lent of a pronoun with the preposition de (de lui, d'elle, d'eux, d'elles). o. Y means to it, to them, and so on ; it is the equiva- lent of a pronoun with the preposition a (a lui, a elle, a eux, a elles). c. Hence they are often used with verbs to represent nouns which, if expressed, would have to be connected with the verbs by de and a respectively : thus, s'en approcher to approach it (because one says s'approcher de quelque chose to approach something) ; je vous en remercie I thank you for it (because re- mercier de quelque chose) ; j'en ris Ilatigh at it (because rire de quelque chose) ; y arracher to wrest from them (because ar- racher a quelqu'un wrest from any one), j'y pense I think of it (because penser a quelque chose think of something) — and so on. 6. En and y are treated as conjunctive pronouns, be- ing always joined with the verb in the sentence, whatever their logical connection, and being put before or after the verb according to the same rules as other object-pro- nouns (XXII. 7) : thus, j'en suis certain, lam certain of it il en connait les lois, he knows the laws of it (its laws) vous y etes obeissant, you are obedient to it a. When used along with other object-pronouns, they stand last, whether before or after the governing verb : thus, je l'y conduirai, I will conduct him to it conduisez-1'y, conduct him to it donnez-lui-en, give Mm of it (some) je ne vous en donnerai pas, I will not give you of it (any) b. After the verb as well as before it, me and "ie are used instead of moi and toi before en, and usually before y: thus, donnez-m'en give me of it (or some), rends-t'y betake thyself to it (but sometimes rends-y-toi). 110 LESSOK XXIII. c. When y and en are used together, en follows y : thus, il y en a there are some. 7. En is often used partitively, standing for a noun with the partitive preposition de. Thus, avez-vous du pain ? have you oread f j'en ai ; je vous en donnerai, I have some; I will give you some. a. Where the noun would have an adjective qualifying it, the adjective takes the partitive preposition : thus, j'en ai de bon 1 have some {that is) good (equivalent to j'ai de bon pain) ; voulez- vous des fleurs ? je vous en donnerai de belles do you want floivers? I will give you some handsome ones. 8. En and y are originally adverbs, and are, especially y there, not seldom used with that value. They have many idiomatic uses, for which see the Second Part, § 85. VOCABULARY. le bal, the ball, dance le theatre, the theatre le plaisir, the pleasure seul, alone penser (a) think (of) parler, speak Exercise 23. 1 Es-tu plus grand que ton frere, ou est-il plus grand que toi ? 2 II est plus beau que moi, mais je suis plus grand que lui. 3 Le plus grand, c'est moi ; et le plus beau, c'est lui. 4 As-tu ton livre avec toi ? 5 Non, je l'ai perdu. 6 Toi et moi, nous le chercherons. 7 Moi-meme l'ai trouve, sans vous. 8 Le boulanger donne-t-il des gateaux a ces enfants ? 9 II en a, mais il ne leur en donne pas. 10 Moi, j'en acheterai pour eux ; il en a de bons. " Toi et lui, avez-vous ete au bal hier ? 12 Moi seul y ai ete* ; il etait au theatre avec eux. 13 Ce tableau n'est-il pas tree beau ? 14 II l'est ; mais j'en ai de plus beaux. 15 Cet homme parle beaucoup de ses amis ; mais il n'y pense pas ; il ne pense jamais qu'a soi-meme. 16 Les garcons sont-ils au theatre ? 17 lis y ont ete avec moi, mais ils n'y sont plus. 18 lis y ont eu beaucoup de plaisir, mais ils n'en auront plus ; ils sont a l'ecole a present. 19 Menez-m'y, je cherche leur maitre. 20 C'est moi, monsieur ; je le suis moi-meme. 21 Aviez-vous DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. Ill parle de ce livre ? 22 Nous y avions pense, mais nous n'en avions pas parle. 23 Lui et elle en parleront. Theme 23. 1 These children are hungry ; give me bread for them. 2 1 haven't any ; but I will buy some. 3 No, I will buy some myself. 4 They are poorer than I, but I am smaller than they. 6 They alone are unhappy ; we are not so. 6 The most unhappy of men — it is I. 7 1 have lost my friend, and I am unhappy without him. 8 1 do not speak of him, but I think always of him. 9 1 was happy, but I never shall be so again. 10 This good man never thinks of himself. " He has much money, and he gives some to these poor people. 12 Are these men the peasants of the village ? 1B It is they. u If you have money, give me some for them. 15 Have you been at the ball ? 16 No, I have not been at it. 17 1 shall be at the theatre with her to-morrow. 18 My friend and I were at the ball. 19 These books are very handsome, but I have handsomer ones in my library. 20 1 will give you some for yourself. 21 What book have you ? 22 1 have forgotten the name of it. 23 1 shall be at the house ; wait for me at it. 24 1 shall not be there (at it) ; I shall be at my uncle's. LESSON XXIV. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 1. The demonstrative pronouns are : ce, this, that, it (indefinite and neuter) : celui m., celle 1, this or that one; ceux m., celles i, these, those a. To all of them may be added the demonstrative ad- verbs -ci and -1& (as to the noun following a demonstra- tive adjective : XIII. 3). 112 LESSON XXIV. 2. Ce has the value of a pronoun as subject of etre be in its various tenses, and as antecedent of the relative pronouns qui, que, etc. a. In the former case, it is generally to be rendered by it in English : thus, c'est moi it is I, ce fut son devoir it was his duty, c/a ete lui it was (has been) he, c'aurait ete dommage it would have been a pity. b. Ce is much more often used than il with the 3d persons of §tre in the sense of it is, it was, etc. This is especially the case when something already described or intimated is referred to, so that the ce would admit of being rendered by that ; but it is not limited to such cases. In fact, il is hardly used except in ex- pressions of time (XI. 2a), before an adjective followed by a logi- cally subject-clause (infinitive or relative) which the il anticipates, and in the parenthetic il est vrai, meaning to be sure. Thus, il est temps de partir it is time to leave, il est tard it is late, il est six heures it is 6 o'clock, il est difficile de vous plaire it is hard to please you (i.e. to please you is hard), il est evident que vous avez tort it is plain that you are wrong t cherement, il est vrai, mais fort loin at a dear rate, to be sure, but very far off; — but vous avez tort, c'est evident you are wrong, it {that) is plain ; faites cela, ce n'est pas difficile do that, it is not hard, ce fut ma faute it was my fault, c'est votre ami qui est parti it is your friend I hut has left. c. Ce is also sometimes used with pouvoir and devoir as aux- iliaries of etre, and in a few phrases witli sembler seem : thus, ce pouvait etre lui it might be he, ce doit §tre it must be, ce me semble it seems to me. d. For ce as antecedent of a relative, see XXVI. 10. 3. The compounds of ce with the demonstrative ad- verbs are written ceci and cela (without grave accent ; it is often contracted colloquially to 9a) ; they mean this and that in an indefinite way, without reference to any particular object expressed. They are used in all con- structions. Thus : cela ne me plait pas, that does not please me je ne veux pas ceci ; donnez-moi cela, I don't want this ; give me that que dites-vous de cela, what do you say about that? a. In a question, ceci (rarely used) and cela are divided into ce ci and ce la: thus, est-ce la votre livre is that your book? sont-ce ci vos gants are these your gloves f DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 113 4. The other demonstratives, celui etc., distinguish gender and number, and are used of persons and of things, with more direct reference to something already expressed or distinctly understood. They are used either alone or with ci and Ik added to them by a hyphen : thus, cslui this or that one, celui-ci this one, celui-l& that one. a. The simple celui celle ceux celles are used only as antecedents of a following relative, and before the prepo- sition de in possessive phrases : thus, celui qui est mon ami, he who is my friend mes amis et ceux de mon frere, my friends and my broiler's (literally, and those of my brother) ma robe et celle de ma soeur, my dress and my sister's h. In all other constructions, the compounds celui-ci, celui-la, etc., are used — as subject, as object, after prepo- sitions, and so on : thus, voici deux fleurs ; voulez vous celle-ci ou celle-la, here are two flowers ; will you have this one or that one? ce livre-ci est a moi ; je ne sais rien de celui-la, this book belongs to me; I know nothing of that one c. As the last example shows, the demonstrative adjective is to be used when there is a noun with it for it to qualify, but the demonstrative pronoun to represent the noun, when the latter is omitted. d. Celui-ci etc. often mean the latter, and celui-la etc. the former. VERB-LESSON. Irregular Verbs— Vouloir. 5. a. Those verbs in French which are inflected throughout like one or other of the three — donner, finir, vendre — already given, are called regular verbs. But there are also many others in the language deviating more or less from these models, and they are called ir- regular verbs. 8 114 LESSON XXIV. b. The irregular verbs are one of the principal difficulties of French Grammar. They are of various degrees of irregularity: some are irregular only in their principal parts, all the derived parts coming from them precisely as in the verbs of the three regular conjugations; others are irregular also in the formation of the derived parts (only the impf. subj. coming without any exception regularly from the pret. indie.)- But, in all of them, irregularities of tense-inflection are confined to the three present tenses — the present indicative, the imperative, and the present subjunctive. Of the other tenses, when the first person is known, the rest follow from it with certainty. c. The only rules for the formation of the derived parts are those already given for regular verbs (XVIII. 1-7). Of more special importance among the irregular verbs is the rule for finding the plural persons of the present from the present participle (XVIII. 4a). d. In learning an irregular verb, the principal parts should first be mastered and made familiar, then the synopsis, then the inflection of the present tenses when this is in any way irregular. The synopsis of principal and derived parts will be given in this grammar for every irregular verb, and the inflection of the present tenses when called for. In the synopsis, those derived parts which do not come regularly from the principal parts will have attention called to them by being printed with spaced or open letters. 6. The very common verb vouloir wish, desire, will (Lat. veiie), is also a specially irregular and difficult one. a. Its synopsis is as follows : veux voulus voulusse vouloir voulant voulu voudrai voulais avoir voulu voudrais veuille etc. etc. b. Its pres. indie, and subj. are thus inflected : Present Indicative. Present Subjunctive. veux voulons veuille voulions veux voulez veuilles vouliez veut veulent veuille veuillent c. The regular imperative veux voulons voulez is very rarely used ; instead of it, the 2d pers. sing, and plur. veuille veuillez are used, but only with a following infinitive, and in the sense of DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 115 please to, he good enough to : thus, veuillez vous asseoir please sit down. d. In vouloir, as in a number of other verbs, the vowel of the root is changed (here, from ou to eu) wherever the radical syllable is accenred, not being fol- lowed by another of full tone. These forms with changed vowel are sometimes called the strong forms (veux, veulent, veuillent, etc.). e. Vouloir is used with the infinitive of another verb almost as an auxiliary, and must stand for our will whenever a wish or request is implied : thus, voulez-vous diner chez nous wUl you dine with us? It also signifies wish to have, want: as, voulez- vous du lait will you hare some milk f f. En vouloir, followed by a, means have a grudge at, be vexed or angry at, be hostile to, etc. : thus, il en voulait a ce pauvre homme he bore a grudge against this poor man. VOCABULARY. le portrait, the portrait la peinture, the painting le peintre, the painter l'atelier m., the studio vrai, true mieux adv., belter Exercise 24. 1 Est-ce la votre pere ? 2 Xon, monsieur, c'est mon oncle. 3 II est vrai que nous ne l'aimons pas, mais c'est parce qu'il est mauvais homme. 4 Ce sont les trois freres de notre ami ; celui-ci travaille tou jours, maix ceux-la sont paresseux et ne travaillent jamais. 5 Cherchez-vous ceci ? 6 Je ne cherche point cela ; je cherche mes livres et ceux de mon frere. 7 Voila les portraits de ma famille ; celui-ci est tres bon, mais ceux-la sont mauvais. h Ce peintre a beaucoup de beaux tableaux dans son atelier. 9 Acheterez-vous cette peinture-ci ou celle-la? ,0 Celle-ci est le portrait de Louis XIV"., et celle-la de Louis XV. jl C'etaient deux rois de France ; celui-la etait un tres grand roi ; celui-ci etait un tres mauvais homme. :2 Xe me donnez pas cela ; je ne l'aime pas ; j'aime mieux ceci. 13 Ceci est trop cher ; je ne vous l'acheterai pas. 14 C'est cher, il est vrai ; mais c'est tres beau. 15 Si j'avais assez d'argent, j'acheterais tout ceci. 16 Sont-ce la vos livres ou ceux du maitre ? 17 Ce sont mes livres ; ceux de mon maitre sont a l'ecole. 18 Quoique nous fussions tres riches, nous n'acheterions pas 116 LESSON XXIV. ces tableaux-ci ; ceux-la sont beaucoup plus beaux. 19 Cet homme n'est pas tres rieke, inais celui-la est tres pauvre. 20 J'ai beaucoup de robes, et je vous donnerai celle-ci. 21 Je lui donnerai aussi celle de ma soeur. 22 Donnez-moi celle- la ; je l'aime mieux. Theme 24. 1 Is that your house ? 2 Yes, it is my house, and it is a very good house. 3 We have prettier ones in our village ; but this one is larger than my father's. 4 This picture is handsome ; I do not like that one. 5 Are you the painter of it ? 6 1 am the painter of this one, and I have many pictures in my studio. 7 Do you like this one better, or that one ? 8 1 like this one, but those are also very pretty. 9 Which portrait have you bought ? 10 I have bought that of the king of England. u Have you brought me this? 12 Yes ; but if you do not like this, I will give you that. 13 1 have lost your present and your brother's, but I will look for them. 14 1 have found this in the garden, and I will give it to you. 15 It is seven o'clock, and I am hungry ; give me bread. 16 1 have some, but it is not for you. 17 You had some fruit, and you did not give me any ; now I do not give you this. 1R These men do not work, but those work always. l9 We have lost our horse, but we have my brother's. 20 If we had not had these flowers, we should have bought the old woman's. 21 These flowers are not handsome ; I like those better. VERB-LESSON. 1 Voulez-vous du pain ? 2 Je n'en veux pas ; je n'ai pas faim. 3 Ne voudriez-vous pas manger ce fruit ? 4 Veuillez m'en donner. 5 lis ne veulent pas travailler. 6 II voulait manger. 7 II ne veut pas me le donner. 6 Quoiqu'il voulut manger, il n'avait rien. 9 1 will ; they do not wish ; will you ? we shall have wished ; you will wish ; that I might have wished ; that INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 117 she might wish ; that we may wish ; they wished ; we were wishing ; they would have wished. 10 Will you have some milk ? 21 No, I do not want any ; I want some water. 12 1 want to give her a present. 13 Give her a new dress ; she wants it. u Will you buy a dress for her ? LESSOJST XXV. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 1. The interrogative pronouns are : qui, who ? whom ? what ? quoi, what ? que, what? lequel etc., which 2. Qui is hardly used except of persons. It stands for all genders and numbers, and in all constructions — as subject, object, predicate, after a preposition, etc. Thus : qui est la, who is there? qui cherchent-ils, whom do they seek ? qui etes- vous, who are you ? pour qui ce crayon est-il, /or whom is this pencil? a qui est ce livre-la, to whom does that book belong ? 3. Qui is sometimes, but only rarely, used as subject in the sense of what f Generally, the phrase qu'est-ce qui what is that which or what is it that is employed instead. Thus : qui vous amene, what brings you here ? qu'est-ce qui vous trouble, what troubles you? (literally, what is it that troubles you ?) 4. Que and quoi what f are also without distinction of gender or number, but are used only of things ; que is conjunctive (XXII. 2), and quoi is disjunctive (like me moi, etc.). 118 LESSON XXV. a. Que is only object of a verb, or predicate with an intransitive verb : thus, que voulez-vous, what do you wish? que nous dit cet homme, what does this man say to us? qu'est-ce (or qu'est-ce que c'est), what is it? que sert-il, of what use is it? que deviendra-t il, what will he become? (i.e. what will become of him?) b. Quoi is used absolutely, and with a preposition: thus, elle vous a donne— quoi, sfie has given you — what? de quoi parle-t il, of what is lie speaking? c. Both que and quoi are frequent in exclamation : thus, que de services il m'a rendus, what services he has rendered me! quoi de plus heureux, what more fortunate ! quoi ! vous y etes encore, wlmt! you are here still? d. Que is often also an adverb, meaning how f why ? : thus, que vous etes belle, how handsome you are ! que parlez-vous si haut, why do you speak so loud? 5. Lequel is made up of the interrogative adjective quel (XIII. 4) and the definite article; it is written as if one word, but both its parts are inflected for gender and number: thus, Sing, lequel m., laquelle f. Plur. lesquels m., lesquelles f. They are used in all constructions, in the sense of which f which one f what one f Thus : voici deux livres : lequel choisissez vous, here are two books: which do you choose ? laquelle de ses soeurs est mariee, which of his sisters is married? par lequel de ces chemins, by which one of these roads ? a. The article in lequel etc. also combines with the prepositions de and a just as when it stands alone, making duquel, desquels, desquelles; auquel, auxquels, auxquelles: thus, duquel de vos amis parlez-vous of which of your friends do you speak ? auxquelles de ces ecolieres les a-t-il dorines to which of these scholars has he given them ? 6. After some interrogative words — the pronouns qui and que, the adjective quel, and the adverbs oil where ? quand when ? com- OTTEKK0GATIVE PKONOTOS. 119 ment how? combien how much, how many ■? - a subject-noun is allowed to be itself put after the verb in asking a question (com- pare 1. 11) : thus, que veut cette femme what does this woman want? ou est notre ami where is our friend? quel livre a, l'ecolier what book has the scholar ? 7. It is common in French to use paraphrases in asking ques- tions: thus, qu'est-ce que vous avez what is it that you have? for qu'avez-vous what have you ? qui est-ce qui vend who is it that sells ? for qui vend who sells ? and the like; also est-ce que vous avez is it [the case] that you have ? for avez- vous have you ? and especially est-ce que j'aime instead of aiine-je, and the like. VERB-LESSON. 8. The verb pouvoir he able, can, is, like vouloir (XXIY. 6), a very common and very irregular verb, used somewhat in the manner of an auxiliary of mode. a. Its synopsis of principal and derived forms is : pouvoir pouvant pu peux or puis pus p o u r r a i pouvais avoir pu pusse pourrais puisse etc. etc. b. This verb has no imperative. Its pres. sub], is entirely regu- lar in inflection. The pres. indie, is as follows : peux, puis pouvons peux pouvez peut peuvent c. In this tense is seen the same exchange of ou and eu as in vouloir. The impf. indie, comes regularly from another form of the pres. pple, puissant, now used only as ordinary adjective, meaning powerful, puissant. d. Puis and peux are equally common as 1st sing. In ques- tions, however, only puis-je is used. e. When this verb is made negative before an infinitive, the pas is often omitted : thus, cela ne peut tarder that cannot delay. The omission is more usual with puis than with peux in 1st sing, present. /. Pouvoir sometimes expresses general possibility, and is to be rendered by may, might, etc. : thus, cela peut §tre that may be, il pouvait avoir vingt ans he might {perhaps) be 20 years old. It is sometimes used reflexively, in the sense of be possible : thus, cela se peut that is possible. g. Pouvoir often takes an object directly where in English we have to use another verb : thus, peut-il attendre can he wait, il le peut lie can (do) it. 120 LESSON XXV. VOCABULARY. la serviette, the napkin la nappe, the table-cloth l'assiette, the plate la *cuiller, the spoon le couteau, the knife la fourchette, the fork diner, dine dejeuner, breakfast maintenant, now alors, then Exercise 25. 1 Qui est ce jeune bornme ? a C'est Monsieur B.,' mon ami. 3 Lequel de vos amis aimez-vous. 4 Je les aime tous. & Qui veut diner avec moi ? 6 Moi, je le veux ; je n'ai pas encore dine, et j'ai faim. 7 Laquelle des deux nappes voulez-vous employer ? 8 Nous emploierons la rouge ; nous voulons nettoyer la blanche. 9 A qui est cette assi- ette-ci ? 10 C'est a mon fils, mais il n'est pas encore ici. 11 Qu'avez-vous a manger ? 12 Yeuillez manger de la viande et des legumes. 13 Voila une cuiller et une fourchette ; laquelle voulez-vous ? 14 Donnez-rnoi la fourchette, et un couteau aussi. 1D Que veut-il ? 16 II veut du sel et du poivre. 17 Que lui donnez-vous maintenant? is Je lui donne une assiette. J9 Lequel de vos freres est ici, et que veut-il ? 20 II veut dejeuner avec moi. 21 De quoi vous a- t-il parle ? 22 II m'a parle du concert ; qu'en pensez-vous ? 23 A quoi pensiez-vous alors ? 24 Je pensais a ma tache. "Auxquelles des jeunes filles pensez-vous maintenant? 26 Je pense a ma niece. Theme 25. 1 Who has been in my room ? 2 It was I, madam. 3 What did you want ? 4 I wanted to find the table-cloth and napkins. 5 Which did you find ? 6 1 found the white ones. 7 At what hour do you wish to dine ? * I will dine now, because I have not breakfasted to-day. 9 What have you on the table ? 10 We have butter and cheese ; which do you wish ? "I wish cheese with my bread ; give me a knife and a plate. 12 Here is a blue and a white plate ; RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 121 which do you want ? 13 Please to give me that large knife. 14 Which of the knives is the largest? 15 This knife is larger than that. 16 Of what are you thinking ? I7 Why do you not bring me the meat and the vegetables ? '"Who is this woman, and what has she in her basket? 29 She has potatoes ; and I will buy you some. 20 To which of the children did he give the cake ? 21 He gave it to nobody then ; he will give it now to this good child. 22 Of whom have you bought this picture ? 23 1 bought it of the painter for my sister. 24 Of what were you speaking? * a We were speaking of this portrait. VERB-LESSON. 1 II peut travailler. 2 II ne pouvait pas travailler. 3 II ne pourra pas travailler, s'il est malade. 4 II pourrait tra- vailler, s'il n'etait pas malade. 5 II veut travailler, mais il ne le ]>eut pas. 6 Nous le pouvons, mais nous ne le voulons pas. 7 A-t-il attendu ? 8 II ne l'a pas pu. 9 Can I ? you can ; we were able ; they will be able ; she has been able ; though he cannot ; if thou couldst ; that he might be able. 10 We can if we will ; he could if he would ; he will be able if you shall be able. " This one would work if he could ; those can (it) and will not (it). 12 1 should have been able to love you, if you had been willing to love me. 13 1 cannot love you, but I have not been able to hate you. LESSON XXVI. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 1. All the interrogative pronouns are used also as relatives, but with some notable differences from their use as interrogatives. 122 • LESSON XXVI. 2. By far the commonest relatives are qui and que — qui standing as subject, and que as direct object of a verb. Both of them signify either persons or things, of any gender or number. Thus, l'enfant qui pleure, the child that cries des oiseaux qui volent, birds that fly le livre que vous avez, the book which you have les amis que nous aimons, the friends whom we love a. Que is also sometimes predicate with an intransitive, espec- ially §tre : thus, imbecile que vous etes fool that you are, ce que e'est that which it is, ce que vous devenez that which you become, ce qu'il nous faut what we lack. b. The participle of a compound tense following que agrees in gender and number (X. 56) with the word to which que relates : thus, les gants qu'il a achetes the gloves that he has bought, les fleurs que nous avions vues the flowers which we had seen. c. A verb having qui as subject is of the person of its ante- cedent : thus, moi qui suis I wJto am, toi qui as thou that hast, etc. 3. Qui is also used with prepositions, but generally only of persons : thus, l'homme a qui je l'ai donne, the man to whom I ham given it les amis chez qui vous demeurez, the friends with whom you live 4. Lequel etc. is iised with prepositions of objects other than persons : thus, le chien auquel j'ai donne a manger, the dog to which I have given {something) to eat les maisons dans lesquelles vous demeurez, the houses in which you dwell a. After parmi among, lesquels (or lesquelles) is always used, and not qui. 5. But lequel etc. is also used as subject or direct object of a verb, in place of qui or que — generally, how- ever, only when there is special reason for distinguishing the gender and number of the person or thing referred to : thus, voila l'ami de ma mere, lequel vient me voir, here is my mother 's friend, who comes to see me (where qui, if used, might seem to refer to mere mother) RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 123 6. Quoi, when used as relative, is more often a com- pound relative (or relative implying also its antecedent), and taken in a general or indefinite sense : thus, des choses a quoi on fait attention, things to which one pays attention apres quoi, il s'en alia, after which, he went off je ne sais quoi, I don't know what vous me direz a quoi me fier, you will tell me on what to rely a. De quoi, before an infinitive, means wherewith : thus, j'ai de quoi vous amuser I have wherewith to amuse you (the means of amusing you). 7. Instead of qui or lequel with preceding de is often used dont, meaning of whom, of which, whose : thus, l'homme dont vous parlez, the man of whom you speak notre ami, dont le fils est ici, our friend, whose son is here a. If the word on which dont is dependent is object of a verb, it takes its regular place after the verb, however far separated from the relative : thus, la femme dont vous avez recu la lettre the woman whose letter you have received, le livre dont je ne connais pas le titre the hook of which I do not know the title. b. Dont is originally an adverb ( = Lat. de uncle), meaning whence, from whence, and it is often best so rendered : thus, l'esprit retourne au ciel, dont il est descendu the spirit returns to heaven, whence it descended. 8. The adverb ou where is also often used almost as a relative pronoun, meaning to or at or in which, and the like : thus, les honneurs ou vous aspirez the honors to which you aspire, la doulear ou je suis plonge the grief into which I am plunged. And d'ou means from which or whence, and par ou by which, by which route, etc. 9. Quiconque whoever, anyone who, is an indefinite relative, generally without antecedent expressed : thus, quiconque ment, sera puni whoever lies shall be punished. 10. The pronoun used as antecedent of a relative (as already pointed out, XXIY. 2, kd) is not the personal, as in English he who, they who, and so on, but the de- monstrative, ce or celui etc. a. Ce qui and ce que answer to English what or that which, the one as subject, the other as object (or some- times predicate) of a verb : thus, 124 LESSON XXVI. dites-moi ce qui vous trouble, tell me what troubles you dites moi ce que vous voulez, tell me iclwt you wish dites moi ce que vous etes, tell me what you are faites tout ce que je vous dis, do all that I tell you b. Ce dont means of what or that of which : thus, dites-moi ce dont vous avez a vous plaindre tell me of what you have to complain. c. Celui qui or que etc. means in like manner he who, the one which, and so on : thus, celui qui est dans les cieux, he who is in the heavens celle que vous aimez, she whom you love 11. Note that the relative, often omitted in English, must always be expressed in French: thus, the friends Hove, les amis que j'aime the books he has bought, les livres qu'il a achetes VERB-LESSON. 12. The irregular verb devoir owe, ought etc. is con- jugated as follows : a. Synopsis of principal and derived parts : devoir devant du dois dus d e v r a i devais avoir du dois dusse devrais doive 6. Inflection of the present tenses : Present Indicative. Imperative. Present Subjunctive. dois devons devons doive devions dois devez dois devez doives deviez doit doivent doive doivent c. Note that in the accented or strong forms the root-vowel changes from e to in. d. Several other verbs (recevoir etc.) are conjugated like devoir, and in some grammars form with it the third regular conjugation (XVHI. la.) e. The past participle has the circumflex only in the masc. sing, (to distinguish it from du = de lej ; the other forms are due, dus, dues. /. Doit etc. very often signifies is to, is planned ox destined to: thus, il doit venir chez nous demain lie is to come to us to- morrow, je savais ce que je devais faire / knew what I was to do. In many cases it has the sense of must, have to, etc. : thus, elle a du §tre belle dans sa jeunesse she must have been beauti- ful in her youth. The meaning ought belongs especially to the conditional : thus, quand devrais-je revenir when ought I to come back f il aurait du le faire he ought to have done it. RELATIVE PROXOUN"S. 125 VOCABULARY. la cuisine, the kitchen la cuisiniere, the cook l'oeuf m., the egg les pois m., the peas la rue, the street demander, ask preparer, prepare demeurer, live, dwell Exercise 26. 1 Qui est-ce qui vous cherche ? 2 C'est rna cuisiniere qui me cherche. 3 Qu'est-ce qu'elle vent ? 4 Elle clemande a quelle heure je veux dejeuner. 5 Elle preparera tout ce que vous voudrez. 6 Youlez-vous de la viande qu'elle a preparee, ou des *ceufs qui sont dans la cuisine ? 7 Je man- gerai les pois que j'ai sur mon assiette. 8 La femme dont je vous ai parle est dans la cuisine. 9 C'est la femme a qui j'ai donne de l'argent. 10 Que veut-elle ? " Elle veut vous vendre ce qu'elle a dans son panier. 12 Qu'est-ce que c'est ? 13 Ce sont des ceufs qu'elle a apportes de la campagne. 14 Ou cherchez-vous les brebis ? 15 Je les chercherai dans les champs ou je les ai perdues. 16 Oil demeurent ces pauvres gens ? :7 lis demeurent dans la vieille maison ou je vous ai mene hier. 18 Quiconque donne aux pauvres sera beni. 13 Celle qui vous aime vous donnera ce que vous voulez. 20 Donnez a celle que vous aimez ce qu'elle veut. 21 Voila la maison ou nous demeurons. Theme 26. 1 Whom do you love ? 2 1 love those who love me ; but I do not hate, him who hates me. 3 Speak to me of her of whom I was thinking. 4 1 looked for the house in which he lived, but I had forgotten in which of the two streets it was. 5 The house is in the street in which my brother lives. 6 If I had found him whom I sought, I should have given him all that I had. ' My cook bought all the eggs which he had brought in his basket. 8 Does she not want dlso the peas which are in the basket ? 9 No, we have pota- 126 LESSON- XXVII. toes still. 10 The friend at whose house I wish to dine is he of whom you spoke to me. n He is a handsome man whom I love, and whose mother was my friend. 12 The books of which you spoke to me are in the library. 13 These houses are those to which we bring milk and eggs. 14 The man to whom we sold the eggs lives in that house. ia Who- ever wishes to be good can be so. 1C I will love him who finds me what I have lost. 17 Give me what is in your pocket, and I will give you what I have in my hand. 18 What is that which you are eating ? 19 There is the man to whom I sold my book. 20 Where is the little boy whose father lives in our street ? VERB-LESSON. 1 Je ne vous dois rien. 2 II me doit beaucoup d'argent. 3 II me donna ce qu'il me devait. 4 Ces enfants devraient etre punis. 5 Nous devions l'apporter hier, mais nous ne le pouvions pas. 6 J'ai du etre ici a cinq heures. 7 He owes; they were owing; we owed (pret.) ; they will owe ; she would owe ; that you may owe ; that he might owe. 8 We are to dine at four o'clock. 9 He was to be here at noon. 10 You must be hungry. u You ought (cond.) not to forget w r hat I have told you. ia They must have forgotten it. LESSON XXVII. POSSESSIVE ANT> INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 1. When used substantively, or without an accom- panying noun expressed, the possessives have a special form (different from that of the possessive adjectives : XIV.), and are always preceded by the definite article : thus. Singular. le mien la mienne le tien la tienne le sien la sienne le notre la notre le votre la votre le leur la leur POSSESSIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 127 Pltjral. les miens les miennes, mine les tiens les tiennes, thine les siens les siennes, his, Jiers, its les notres, ours les votres, yours les leurs, theirs a. The feminines and plurals are made regularly, according to the rules for adjectives (VII., VIII.), except that leur has the same form for masculine and feminine. 2. These possessive pronouns (as they may be called) take the gender and number of the object possessed, and must be used whenever the noun expressing that object does not immediately follow them : thus, nion chapeau et le sien, my hat and his (or hers) son chapeau et le mien, his (or her) hat and mine nous avons nos chapeaux et ils ont les leurs, ice have our hats and they have theirs 3. A few other words, more or less akin with pro- nouns in value, call for mention and explanation. 4. As an indefinite subject, on is used in the sense of one, they, people, and the like : thus, on dit, one says, they say, 'people say, etc. a. Instead of on simply, Ton (with the article prefixed) is often used after a vowel sound, especially after et, ou, on, que, si : thus, si Ton voit if one sees. b. This is the inclusive article (IV. 5), saved in order to prevent hiatus ; since on is by origin an abbreviation of homme. c. It is very often convenient to substitute in English a passive expression for an active with on : thus, it is said for on dit. 5. Compounds of un with the pronominal adjectives (XIV. 6) chaque each and quelque some are chacun m., chacune 1, each, each one, every one quelqu'un m., quelqu'une f., some one, somebody quelques uns m., quelques unes f., some, some people a. Something, anything is expressed by quelque chose, 128 LESSON XXVII. and everything by tout or by toute chose (not chaque chose). 6. Some words used as pronominal adjectives (XIV. 6) may stand also substantively, or as pronouns : such are aucun m., aucune f. (with ne before the verb), not one, no one, none ; un autre another, l'autre the other, d'autrcs others, etc.; plusieurs several; tout all, everything; le meme the same. a. From autre comes the pronoun autrui another, other people, others than one's self; it is never used as subject. 7. Un one and autre other are combined into certain phrases : thus, Tun et l'autre the one and the other, i.e. loth ; Tun ou l'autre the one or the other, i.e. either ; ni Tun ni l'autre (with ne before the verb) neither the one nor the other, i.e. neither ; l'un l'autre the one the other, i.e. one another, each other. a. Both is also expressed by tous deux or tous les deux (literally, all the two). o. Tout le monde (literally, all the world) is a very com- mon expression for everybody : thus, tout le monde l'aime everybody loves him. VERB-LESSON. 8. The verb aller go is extremely irregular, being made up in its conjugation of parts derived from three different verbs. It takes etre as auxiliary (XXVIII. 6a). a. Its synopsis of principal and derived parts is : aller allant alle vais allai i r a i allais etre alle v a allasse . , i etc. etc. irais aille b. Its three present tenses are inflected thus : Present Indicative. Imperative. Present Subjunctive. vais allons allons vas allez va allez va vont aille allions ailles al!ie2 aille aillent POSSESSIVE AND INDEFINITE PEONOUNS. 129 9. a. Va 2d sing. impv. becomes vas before en and y (com- pare XVIII. 10a). b. Vais etc. come from Lat. vadere walk; irai etc., from Lat. ire go; the Lat. original of aller etc. is obscure and disputed. c. The present and imperfect indie, of aller are used before an infinitive (without infinitive-sign), precisely like I am going, I was going in English, as a sort of im- mediate future tense, or to denote something just about to take place : thus, il va partir he is going to leave, j'allais lui repondre I was going to answer him. d. Allons let us go is used in the sense of come, come on. Aller voir, aller chercher correspond to our visit, and look for or fetch. For the reflexive s'en aller go off, see XXIX. 7c. VOCABULARY. le salon, the saloon, dining-room le ragoiit, the stew, ragout le convert, the cover {place at table) le plat, the dish la soupe, tlie soup la sonpiere, the tureen le poisson, the fish la confiture, the sweetmeat casser, break oter, remove, take off or away Exercise 27. 1 Est-ce que votre oncle et le mien sont ici ? 2 Oui, ma- dame, ils sont tous les deux ici. 3 Si tout le monde est ici, nous pouvons diner. 4 Votre salon est plus grand que le mien. 5 Oui, monsieur, le mien est plus grand, mais le votre est plus joli. 6 Ce sont toutes les deux de tres belles chambres. 7 Yoici votre couvert, et voila les leurs. 8 Marie, apporte de la soupe a monsieur. 9 Youlez-vous de ce plat- ci ou de Pautre ? 10 Je ne veux ni de Pun ni de Pautre ; don- nez-moi le ragout et quelques legumes. " Ne voulez-vous pas de pommes de terre ? 12 J'en ai deja mange plusieurs ; mais j'en mangerai encore quelques unes. 13 Dois-je don- ner des confitures aux enfants ? 14 Non, aucun des enfants ne doit manger de confitures. "On a donne aux enfants du poisson et de la viande, et ils ont mange de Pun et de Pautre. 16 Ou est la soupiere ? 17 On Pa cassee. " On ne doit jamais casser les choses d'autrui. I9 Si Pon casse une 9 130 LESSOR XXVJI. chose, on devrait en acheter une autre. 20 Ces messieurs ont 6te leurs chapeaux ; ote aussi le tien. 21 On 6te tou- jours son chapeau dans la maison. 22 J'aime toutes les choses que vous aimez. Theme 27. 1 Are you looking for my brother or hers ? 2 1 have looked for both, but I have found neither ; they have dined already. 3 Several of my friends are here ; let us dine without the others. 4 Each one ought to have a cover. & We have eight places, and we can have others. 6 You have not plates enough ; some one has broken several. 7 If one looks in the kitchen, one will find some. 8 We have several dishes ; which will you (have) ? 9 Will you (have) fish or meat ? 10 We will (have) neither ; give me some stew. " I am not hungry ; give me only very little of the meat ; I ought to eat something. " Remove these sweet- meats, and bring me others. 13 Your sweetmeats are much better than mine. I4 Ours are good, but theirs are very bad. '"Everybody is hungry, but no one of us eats stew. 16 1 am poor ; but I have never eaten the bread of others. 17 My children are much more amiable than hers, but his are prettier than yours. 18 Every one loves his children better than those of other people. 1U If one has good chil- dren, one is always happy. 20 What do you think of (de) this book? 2I Each of us thinks something of it, but no one thinks the same of it. VERB-LESSON. 1 Ou allez-vous ? 2 Je vais a la ville. 3 Ces enf ants iront chercher leurs amis. 4 lis vont a l'ecole. 5 Va chercher des confitures, nous allons en manger. 6 Je vais les appor- ter. 7 Allons, parlons d'autre chose. 8 Thou goest ; they were going ; she went ; did you go ? we shall go ; he would go ; that I may go ; that he might go. 9 We are going to eat. 10 He was going to be hungry. PASSIVE VERBS. 131 11 I shall go to-morrow. 12 Did they go to look for the dog ? 13 My friends are going to the city. 14 Come, let us find them. LESSON XXYIII. 1. The forms of the passive conjugation of a verb are made in French precisely as in English : namely, by prefixing the auxiliary etre he to a past participle. a. To make, then, any given passive form of a verb, add to the corresponding form, of etre the past or passive participle of that verb : thus, he was praised, il etait loue he would have been praised, il aurait ete loue h. The participle agrees in gender and number with the subject of the verb : thus, she was praised, elle etait louee they (m.) would hate been praised, ils auraient ete loues c. Note, however, that (VII. 16) if vous is used to represent a single person, the participle agrees with it only in gender : thus, you (sing, f.) ivill be praised, vous serez louee. 2. a. Taking as an example the verb louer praise, the synopsis of simple passive tenses is as follows: Infinitive. etre loue (louee, loues, louees), be praised Present Participle. etant loue (etc. ), being praised Indicative Present, je suis loue (etc.), I am praised Imperfect, j'etais loue (etc.), I was praised Preterit, je fus loue (etc.), I was praised Future, je serai loue (etc.), I shall be praised Conditional je serais loue (etc.), I should b.e praised Imperative sois loue (etc.), be praised Subjunctive Present, que je sois loue (etc.), that I may be praised Imperfect, que je fusse loue (etc.), that I might be praised 132 LESSON XXVIII. h. The synopsis of compound passive tenses is : Perfect Infinitive, avoir ete loue (etc.), to have been praised Perfect Participle, ayant ete loue (etc.), having been praised Indicative Perfect, j'ai ete loue (etc.), I have been praised Pluperfect, j'avais ete loue (etc.), I had been praised Past Ant., j'eus ete loue (etc.), I had been praised Fut. Perf. j'aurai ete loue (etc.), I shall have been pro n& < 7 Conditional Perfect, jamais ete loue (etc.), / should have been praised Subjunctive Perfect, que j'aie ete loue (etc.), that I may have been praised Pluperfect, que j'eusse ete loue (etc.), that I might have been praised 3. After a passive verb, hy is generally represented by par ; but sometimes also by de, if the verb expresses a mental action or feeling: thus, il est aime de tout le monde, he is loved by everybody il fut trouve par le chien, Tie was found by the dog 4. The passive is less used in French than in English; instead of it often stand active verbs with the indefinite subject on (XXVII. 4), or reflexive verbs (XXIX.). Avoir or etre as auxiliaries. 5. Avoir is the auxiliary used in forming the com- pound tenses of all transitive verbs, and of the great ma- jority of intransitive or neuter verbs (including etre he itself) a 6. Etre is used to make the compound forms of * all passives (above, 1) and reflexives (XXIX. 3), and also of a few intransitives. a. The commonest intransitives taking always etre as auxiliary are : aller, go eclore, open, hatch venir, come (with its compounds devenir, mourir, die parvenir, etc.) deceder, decease arriver, arrive, happen tomber, /a££ entrer, enter choir, fall naitre, be born AUXILIAKIES. 133 7. A number of intransitives take sometimes avoir and sometimes etre — avoir when there is had in view es- pecially the performance of an act, but etre when the re- sulting condition : thus, il a passe a quatre heures, he went by at four o'clock il est passe et disparu, he has gone by and disappeared a. Such verbs are especially those that signify a distinct change of place or condition. The most frequent of them are partir, sortir, retourner (these three almost always with etre), passer, rester, monter, descendre, accourir, changer, cesser, echapper ; and croitre, grandir, vieillir, degenerer, disparaitre, perir, and so on. 8. When an intransitive has etre as auxiliary, its par- ticiple in the compound tenses agrees in gender and number with the subject of the verb ; but the participle with avoir remains unchanged (i.e. has the masc. sing, form, whatever the character of the subject). VOCABULARY. le royaume, the kingdom, realm la republique, tlie republic la patrie, the {one's) country la loi, the law le citoyen, the citizen Tennemi m., the enemy chasser, drive off or away rappeler, recall, call back arriver, arrive rester, remain, stay passer, pass retourner, return vieillir, age, grow old obeir a, obey inviter, invite louer, praise Exercise 28. 1 Le roi est-il aime de ses sujets ? 2 Non, le roi n'est aime de personne, mais la reine est aimee de tout le monde. 3 La patrie doit etre aimee de tous les citoyens. 4 Les citoyens sont proteges par les lois. 5 Ceux qui n'obeis- sent pas aux lois seront punis. 6 Le roi a ete chasse de son royaume par ses ennemis. 7 II a passe en Angleterre, et il y est reste pendant deux ans. 8 II a ete rappele par les ci- toyens, et il est retourne en France. 9 Charles est-il reste 134 LESSON" XXVIII. chez vous ? 10 Non, monsieur, il n'est pas encore arrive. 11 Votre mere a beaucoup vieilli pendant l'annee dernierc. 12 Cette femme est beaucoup vieillie, mais elle est encore tres belle. 13 Est-ce que votre amie est arrivee, madame? 14 Non, je suis allee la chercher, mais je ne l'ai pas trouvee. 15 Etes-vous invite au bal ? 1C Non, madame; je ne suis pas invite, mais vous et votre sceur etes invitees. 17 N'est- elle pas allee a sa chambre ? 1H Oui, mais nous l'avons rap- pelee, et elle est retournee au salon. 19 Mon ami veut ven- dre sa maison ; la mienne est deja vendue. "Elle a ete achetee par mon riche voisin. Theme 28. 3 The republic is loved and praised by everybody. 2 The country ought to be protected by its citizens. 3 Where is the king of France ? 4 He has gone to England, but the queen has stayed here. 5 Has he never returned ? 6 Yes, he returned last year. 7 The citizens are praised because they obey the laws. 8 Many of the enemies of the republic have been driven away, but some have remained. 9 Has not Helen been here? 10 No, she went by at six o'clock, but she did not stay. ]1 She has not yet returned. 12 At what hour did you arrive? 13 I arrived at ten o'clock. 14 We arrived at half past eight. lb You (pi.) did not stay long in Paris. 16 Where has Mary gone ? 17 She had gone to her room, but I called her, and she has returned to the dining-room. 18 Is she not invited to the concert to-day ? 19 No ; we are invited, but she and her sister are not in- vited. 20 She is still very handsome, although she has aged very much. 9A The enemy passed into Germany last week. KEFLEXIVE VEKBS. 135 LESSOR XXIX. REFLEXIVE VEKBS. 1. A reflexive verb, or verb used reflexively, de- scribes the subject as acting upon itself. a. Reflexive verbs are a much more marked and important class in French than in English. Some verbs are reflexive exclusively, or nearly so ; others are often such ; and almost any transitive verb, and some intransitives, may upon occasion be used reflex- ively ; but the conjugation of them all is the same. 2. A verb is made reflexive, as in English, by adding to it an object-pronoun corresponding in person and num- ber to the subject. a. The reflexive pronouns of the first and second per- sons are the same with the ordinary object-pronouns : namely, me and te (or toi) in the singular, nous and vous in the plural. For the third person there is a special re- flexive pronoun, se ; it is the same in singular and plural. b. The place of the reflexive pronoun is the same with that of any other object-pronoun (XXII. 7) : namely, in general before the verb, but after it in the imperative affirmative (when te becomes toi : XXII. 65). 3. The auxiliary of a verb used reflexively is always and only etre. 4. In accordance with the general rule (X. 5b), if the reflexive object is a direct one, the participle in the com- pound tenses agrees with it in gender and number ; if it is indirect, the participle is invariable. Thus, from se blesser wound one's self, il s'est blesse, elle s'est blessee, nous nous sommes blesses, but from s'imaginer imagine to one's self, il s'est imagine, elle s'est imagine, nous nous sommes imagine 136 LESSON XXIX. 5. As a model of reflexive conjugation may be taken the verb se r£jouir delight one's self, rejoice. It is a regular verb of the second conjugation, inflected like finir (XIX.). a. The full inflection of the present indicative and im- perative, with the synopsis of the other simple tenses, is: Infinitive. se (or te, me etc.) rejouir, rejoice Present Participle. se (etc.) rejouissant, rejoicing Indicative. Present. je me rejouis, I rejoice nous nous rejouissons, we rejoice tu te rejouis, thou rejoicest vous vous rejouissez, you rejoice il se rejouit, he rejoices ils se rejouissent, tliey rejoice imperfect, je me rejouissais, I was rejoicing preterit, je me rejouis, I rejoiced future, je me rejouirai, I shall rejoice conditional, je me rejouirais, I should rejoice Imperative. rejouissons-nous, let us rejoice rejouis-toi, rejoice {thou) rejouissez-vous, rejoice (ye) Subjunctive, present, que je me rejouisse, that I may rejoice imperfect, que je me rejouisse, that I might rejoice b. The full inflection of the perfect indicative, with the synopsis of the other compound forms, next follows. To save burdensome repetition, the various forms of the reflex- ive pronoun (in infin. and pple), and of the past participle (which in this verb mast agree in gender and number with the object) are not given. Perfect Infinitive. Perfect Participle. s'etre rejoui, (to) have rejoiced s'etant rejoui, having rejoiced Indicative. Perfect. je me suis rejoui I have rejoiced nous nous sommes rejouis, we have tu t'es rejoui, thou hast rejoiced vous vous etes rejouis, you have re- joiced il s'est rejoui, he has rejoiced ils se sont rejouis, they have rejoiced KEFLEXIVE VERBS. 137 pluperfect, je m'etais rejoui, Iliad rejoiced past anterior, je me fus rejoui, Iliad rejoiced Future perfect, je me serai rejoui, I shall have rejoiced conditional perfect, je me serais rejoui, I should have rejoiced subjunctive perfect, que je me sois rejoui, that I may have rejoiced pluperfect, que je me fusse rejoui, that I might have rejoiced c. Note the form (VII. 16) vous vous etes rejoui you have re- joiced {yourself), when referring to a single individual. 6. The negative and interrogative forms are made in the same manner as those of any other verb taking ob- ject-pronouns. Examples are : je ne me rejouis pas, I do not rejoice ne se rejouit-il pas, did he not rejoice? vous rejouissez-vous, do you rejoice? ne nous rejouissons pas, let us not rejoice vous ne vous serez pas rejouis, you (pi.) will not have rejoiced qu'elle ne se fut pas rejouie, that she might not have rejoiced ne se sont-elles pas rejouies, have they (f.) not rejoiced? 7. a. Many reflexive verbs (like se rejouir itself) have to be rendered with simple verbs in English. A few of the commonest of these are as follows : s'arreter, stop se lever, arise, get up s'asseoir, sit down se plaindre, lament se coucher, go to bed se porter, be {in respect to health) se depecher, make haste se promener, take a walk se hater, hasten se retirer, retire s'ecrier, exclaim, cry out se souvenir, remember a'ennuyer, be bored se taire, be silent se facher, be angry se tromper, be mistaken b. A number of reflexive verbs followed by certain prepositions form transitive expressions of special meaning. Those most fre- quently occurring are : s'approcher de, approach, go near se fier a, trust s'attendre a, await se mettre a, begin (set one's self at) se defier de, distrust se moquer de, ridicule, mock se douter de, suspect se passer de, do or go without s'cntendre a, be a judge of se servir de, use, make use of Thus, il s'approcha du feu he approached the fire, ils se mi- pent a ecrire they began to write, elle ne peut se servir de ses •mains she cannot use her hands. 138 LESSON XXIX. N :iv. requires the subjunctive) is in French almost always fol- lowed by the indicative (pres. or impf.): thus, if lie come, s'il vient if they were here, s'ils etaient ici But the subjunctive pluperfect is also allowed after si: thus, if he had been here is s'il eut ete ici (or s'il avait ete ici). Si may be followed by the future (or conditional) when used in the sense of whether : thus, qui sait s'il viendra ivho knows whether he will come f Note the abbreviation of si before il or ils (296). c. The conjunction que that (as well as the relative : XXVI. 11), though often omitted in EnglisE, must always be expressed in French : thus, I believe you are right je crois que vous avez raison. 2. The interrogative adverbs, in their relative sense (XXXII. 6a), have the value of conjunctions : thus, quand je le vis, je ne savais pas d'ou il etait venu when I saw him, 1 did not know whence he had come. 3. Correlative conjunctions, used in successive clauses, are: et . . ni . . . plus . . autant et, both . . . and ni, neither . . . nor . plus, the more . . . the more autant, as much . . . us 4. Connectives of sentences, having the character rather of adverbs than of conjunctions, are : ou . . . ou, either . . . or soit . . . soit, whether . . moins . . . moins, the less . tantot . . . tantot, now . , the I now aussi, also, too, accordingly or, now puis, tJwn, next neanmoins, nevertheless cependant, meanwhile, however autrement, otherwise ainsi, thus, so done, then, consequently alors, then toutefois, yet, hoicever pourtant, yet, still dailleurs, besides, moreover 5. Many phrases having a conjunctional value are made by adding the conjunction que that to a preposition or adverb or adverbial phrase. a. Some of those most commonly used are : apres que, after that, after depuis que, since (the lime that) aussitot que, as soon as des que, when, as soon as pendant que, while tandis que, while, whereas parce que, because ainsi que, as tant que, so long as autant que, as much as COtfJUtfCTlOtfS. 159 b. Some such phrases require the following verb to he in the subjunctive ; examples are : afin que, in order that pour que, in order that avant que, before jusqu a ce que, until bien que, although pourvu que, provided that sans que, without that au cas que, in case that After sans que, the verb can hardly be rendered except by our infinitive in ing: thus, sans que personne s'en apercoive without any one ] s perceiving it. c. One or two require the following subjunctive to be preceded by the negative ne : they are a moins que unless, de crainte (or peur) que for fear that, lest : thus, a moins qu'il ne vienne un- less he come. VERB-LESSON. . 6. a. Of the irregular verb savoir know (Lat. sapere) the synopsis of principal and derived parts is : savoir sachant su sais sus saurai savais avoir su sache susse s a u r a i s sache ete ' ete ' b. The inflection of the_present indicative and imperative (the pres. subj. being quite regular) is as follows: Pres. Indic. Impv. sais savons sachons sais savez sache sachez sait savent c. The irapf. indic. comes from another form of the pres. pple, savant, now used only as an adjective, meaning learned. 7. a. With an object and a predicate relating to it, savoir means know to be : thus, je le sais modeste I know him to be modest; with a following infinitive, it means know how : thus, il sait se taire he knows how to hold his tongue. b. The pres. subj. je sache etc. is in certain phrases used like an indicative : thus, je ne sache personne qui / know no one who etc. ; que je sache so far as I know. The conditional saurais is used (negatively) in the sense of can, be able: thus, ils ne sauraient servir they are unable to be of use. c. The phrase je ne sais quoi (or qui, quel, etc.) is much used in the sense of something, I can't tell what etc. d. Savoir is very often conjugated negatively with ne alone (pas being omitted). 160 LESSON XXXIV. VOCABULARY. (Besides the conjunctions given in the lists above.) la fabrique, the factory le fabricant, the manufacturer le magasin, the sliop, store se marier, marry, be married l'ouvrier m., the workman l'ouvriere f., the workwoman Exercise 34. 1 II va geler ; allez-vous done a Paris ? 2 Bien qu'il gele, ii faut que j'y aille. 3 D'ailleurs je ne veux pas rester chez moi toute la journee. 4 Que ferez-vous pendant que vous y serez ? 5 Je vais chercher un cadeau pour mon amie, parce qu'elle vient de se marier. 6 Des que je suis arrive, j'ai cherche partout des cuillers d'argent ; mais je n'en ai trouve de jolios, ni au magasin ni a la fabrique. 7 Pour- tant on m'a dit que ce marcliand en a de tres belles. 8 II me les a montrees ; mais plus je les regardais, plus je les trouvais laides. 9 Alors que me faut-il faire, afin que j'aie quelque chose pour elle? 10 II faut attendre jusqu'a ce qu'on en fasse de plus jolies. " Est-ce qu'on aura le temps de les faire avant qu'elle se marie ? ia Depuis que je vous ai parle, je suis alle a la fabrique. 13 Pourvu qu'il y ait assez de temps, le fabricant va me les faire. 14 II ne pourrait les faire, sans qu'il etit de bons ouvriers. 15 II en aura, des qu'il voudra en avoir. JC S'il eut eu de bons ouvriers, il aurait deja de jolies choses. Theme 34. 1 Have you been at the shop since you left me ? 2 1 have been both at the shop and at the factory. 3 Then you have bought something. 4 1 wanted to buy either forks or spoons ; but I have bought neither forks nor spoons. 5 If you had found some, should you not have bought them ? 6 Although I have found some, nevertheless they were not pretty. 7 Moreover, the manufacturer wishes that I wait (subj.) until he shall make some new ones. 8 Provided that he makes them at once, we can wait ; otherwise we CONJUXCTIOKS. 161 shall go elsewhere. 9 1 wish to give them to my friend, before she is married. 10 The workmen go to the factory early, in order that they may work longer. " Although she is ill, this poor workwoman works the whole day. 12 Unless she works ten hours, the merchant will not give her money. 13 So long as she shall work, she will be ill. 14 However, she must work, in order that he may give her bread for her children. 15 She cannot work much, because she is ill. 16 She had to work, lest he should give her noth- ing. 1T As soon as she shall be better, she will work more. 18 The more she works (fut.), the more he will give her money. 19 You must stay at home, since you are not well. 20 While you are working, I shall go to the school. VEKB-LESSON. Sais-tu quelle heure il est ? 2 Je ne sais pas. 3 lis n'en savent rien. 4 Je ne saurais vous le dire. 5 II sait tra- vailler. 6 II n'y a personne ici, que je sache. 7 Charles vous savait malade, et il n'est pas venu. 8 Savez-vous s'il viendra demain ? 9 Personne ne saurait dire ou il sera de- main. 10 Je saurai le trouver. 11 Does he know ? you know ; she knew ; they were know- ing ; we shall know ; that he might know. 12 Has he known it ? we know what you know ; I knew, but I do not know now ; she knew and she had always known ; you would not have known it, if I had not told it to you. 13 Did you know that he was ill ? 14 1 had known it, but I had forgotten it. 15 You know how to work. 10 1 could not tell how he loves her. 17 1 do not know whether he is going to Paris. 11 162 LESSON XXXV. LESSON XXXY. IEREGULAK VERBS ENDING IN ire. 1. a. The general account of the irregular verbs was given above, at XXIV. 5, and some of the commonest among them have been explained in full. Those so explained are as follows : avoir have, X., §tre be, XL, vouloir wish at XXIV. 6 etc., pouvoir be able at XXV. 8 etc., devoir owe at XXVI. 12 etc., aller go at XXVII. 8 etc., falloir must at XXX. 6 etc. , venir come at XXXI. 10 etc. , faire do at XXXII. 8 etc., dire say at XXXIII. 7 etc., and savoir know at XXXIV. 6 etc. 1). It remains now to give the rest of the irregular verbs, and to explain their inflection. 2. The verbs conduire conduct etc., instruire instruct etc., and cuire cook, are conjugated alike, having past participles ending in it, and preterits in isis. Their de- rived parts are all made regularly. Thus : a. 1. conduire conduisant conduit conduis conduisis conduirai conduisais avoir conduit conduis conduisisse conduirais conduise etc ' etc ' b. The present indicative and imperative (the pres. subj. being entirely regular) arc inflected thus : Pres. Indic. Imi-v. conduis conduisons conduisons conduis conduisez conduis conduisez conduit conduisent c. Like conduire are conjugated the other compounds of -duire (Lat. ducere) : namely, deduire, deduce introduire, introduce seduire, seduce econduire, remove produire, produce traduire, translate enduire, do over reconduire, reconduct induire, indues reduire, reduce The simple verb, duire suit, is used only in the 3d sing, present. Of the other two verbs, it will be enough to give the principal parts only. d. 2. instruire instruisant instruit instruis instruisis IEREGULAR VERBS EXDIXG 1^ ire. 163 e. Like instruire are conjugated the other compounds of -struire (lar. struere): namely. construire, construct detruire, destroy reconstruire, reconstruct f. 3. cuire cuisant cuit cuis cuisis g. Like cuire (Lat. coquere) is conjugated its compound : recuire, cook again 3. The verbs liuire injure and luire shine are conju- gated in the same way, except that their past participle ends in i instead of it. Thus : a. r/. nuire nuisant nui nuis nuisis 5. luire luisant lui luis b. The pret. indie, and impf. subj. of luire are not in use. Like it is conjugated its compound : rehiire, shine, glisten c. These verbs are Lat. nocere and lucere respectively. 4. The verbs suffire suffice, confire preserve, and cir- concire circumcise, are conjugated alike, except the past participles, which end respectively in i, it, and is. Their preterit ends in is simply, like the present (not in isis, like the preceding verbs). Thus: a. 6\ suffire suffisant suffi suffis suffis /. confire confisant confit confis confis 8. circoncire circoncisant circoncis circoncis circoncis b. These verbs are respectively Lat. sufflcere, conficere, and circumcid- ere. c. Like confire is conjugated its compound : deconfire, discomfit 5. The very common verb dire say, tell differs from confire only by having in the 2d plural pres. indie, and impv. dites (instead of disez). Its principal parts are : 0. dire disant dit dis dis The complete inflection of this verb was given above, at XXXIII. 7 etc. a. Of the compounds of dire (Lat. dicere), only redire, say again is conjugated precisely like it. Most of the others — namely. contredire, contradict interdire, interdict predire, predict dedire, disown medire, slander —are like confire, having -disez (instead of -dites) in the 2d 164 LESSON XXXV. plural. But maudire curse (Lat. maledicere) is much more ir- regular, having double ss in the present participle and in all the forms that follow its analogy. Thus : 10. maudire maudissant maudit maudis maudis maudirai maudissais avoir maudit maudis maudisse maudirais maudisse The inflection of the pres. indie, and imp v. is : Pres. Indic. Impv. maudis maudissons maudissons maudis maudissez maudis maudissez maudit maudissent 6. Lire read forms its past participle in u and its pret- erit in us. The other parts and their inflection are like those of conduire, above (2). Tims : 11. lire lisant lu lis lus lirai lisais avoir lu lis lusse lirais Use etc ' ete ' a. Like lire (Lat. legere) are conjugated its compounds elire, elect relire, read again reelire, re- elect 7. The verb ecrire write is in the main like conduire ; but it has everywhere v instead of s after i in the full forms of the root. Thus : a. . ecrire ecrivant ecrit ecris ecrivis ecrirai ecrivais avoir ecrit ecris ecrivisse ecrirais ecrive etc. etc. 6. The inflection of the pres. indic. and impv. is as follows : Pres. Indic. Impv. ecris ecrivons ecrivons ecris ecrivez ecris ecrivez ecrit ecrivent c. Like ecrire (Lat. scribere) are conjugated the compounds : circonscrire, circumscribe prescrire, prescribe souscrire, subscribe decrire, describe proscrire, proscribe transcrire, transcribe inscrire, inscribe recrire, rewrite 8. The verb rire laugh is still more unlike the above verbs. Thus : a. 13. rire riant ri ris ris avoir ri ris risse etc. etc. 13. rire riant rirai riais rirais rie IEEEGULAR VERBS ENDING IN ire. 165 b. The inflection of the present tenses is : Pres. Indic. Impv. Pres. Sutj. ris rions rions rie riions ris riez ris riez ries riiez rit rient rie rient c. Like lire (Lat. ridere) is inflected its compound : sourire, smile 9. The verb frire fry is like rire, except that its past participle ends in it, and that it lacks the present parti- ciple and all forms following its analogy — namely, the itnpf. indic, the pres. subj., and the plural of the pres. indicative. Thus : 14. frire — frit fris fris VOCABULARY. (Besides the verbs in the Lesson.) le poete, the poet la poesie, poetry la tragedie, the tragedy la comedie, the comedy l'ouvrage m., tlie work la maniere, the manner le journal, the journal, newspaper le redacteur, the editor francais, French anglais, English Exercise 35. 1 Avez-vous lu les ouvrages de ce poete, madame ? 2 Je lis toujours de la poesie, mais je ne sais ce que cet homme a ecrit. 3 Je lus l'annee derniere une de ses comedies, qui me fit beaucoup rire, 4 Nous lisons les tragedies, et nous ne rions jamais. 6 Vous ecrivez beaucoup pour les jour- naux, n'est-ce pas ? 6 Ce sont les redacteurs qui ecrivent pour les journaux ; moi, je n'ecris que de la poesie. 7 Qu'e- criviez-vous hier ? 8 Nous traduisions les comedies de Mo- liere. ' Les avez-vous lues ? 10 Si vous les avez traduites. je les lirai certainement. ll Vous en rirez ; elles sont tres amusantes. 12 Nous en avons beaucoup ri, quand nous les lisions. 13 Pourquoi le poete maudissait-il le redacteur? 14 Parce que celui-ci lui a nui. 15 II a decrit sa derniere tragedie d'une maniere amusante, et tout le monde en rit. 16 J'ai lu ce qu'il en a ecrit, et je n'ai pas meme souri en le 166 LESSON XXXVI. lisant. 17 Que faites-vous avec ces jeunes filles ? ,8 Nous les conduisons au theatre, afin qu'elles s'y amusent. 19 Les bonnes comedies instruisent beaucoup les jeunes gens. 20 Si vous voulez ecrire de la poesie, il faut que vous lisiez les poetes francais. Theme 35. 1 He will conduct ; I have conducted ; we were conduct- ing ; conduct him ! they would conduct her, if she wished to go there. a Read your letter ; I have read it ; we shall read it to you ; let us not read it to her. 3 They were writing ; she would write ; we had written ; you will never have written ; I shall write to nobody ; nobody has written to me. 4 Has he read the letter that she has written him? write him a letter, in order that he may read it. 5 He has laughed ; she will laugh ; they were laughing while I was reading ; do not laugh at (de) the books which you read. 6 1 read much poetry ; but I have not read the works of all the poets. 7 Do you write nothing? 8 Yes, I have always written a great deal for the newspapers. 9 I translate many comedies, but I do not write any. 1(l I was reading a tragedy, and I did not laugh at it. J1 Why do you not read the newspapers? 12 Because they do not instruct me. 13 My daughters write poetry, and my son has written a tragedy. 14 They have always read the best works of the French poets, and they have translated English poetry. LESSON XXXVI. irregular verbs in aindre etc., and aitre etc. 1. Among the other irregular verbs ending in re, there are two important groups which may be taken up first. 2, A considerable number of mucb-used verbs have irregular yerbs in aindre etc., and aitre etc. 16? tbeir infinitive in ndre preceded by one of the three di- graphs ai, ei, oi — verbs in aindre, eindre, and oindre. They are conjugated precisely alike, and their derived parts are made with entire regularity from the principal parts — which, however, are quite irregular in their rela- tions to one another. 3. As examples may be taken craindre fear, peindre paint, j oindre join. Thus : a. 15. craindre craindrai craindrais craint avoir craint etc. etc. crains crains craigms • craignisse craignant craignais craigne b. The inflection of the pres. indie, and impv. (the pres.> subj. being quite regular) is as follows : Pres. Indic. Impv. crains craignons craignons crains craignez crains craignez craint craignent c. Of the other two verbs, it will be enough to give the princi- pal parts. Thus : 10. peindre peignant peint 1 7. joindre joignant joint d. Like these verbs are conjugated : peint joins peignis joignis geindre, groan ratteindre, re-attain repeindre, paint again restreindre, restrain reteindre, dye over teindre, plaindre, pity astreindre, constrain atteindre, attain ceindre, gird depeindre, depict deteindre, fade empreindre, imprint conj oindre, conjoin dej oindre, disjoin disj oindre, disjoin e. These verbs end in Latin mostly in -ngere : thus, plaindre, Lat plangere ; peindre, Lat. pingere; joindre, Lat. jungere; eteindre, Lat. extin- truere ; and so on. Hence the gn in many of their forms. But -preindre and geindre are Lat. -premere, gemere. 4. A number of verbs in aitre and oitre, some of them very common ones, are conjugated nearly alike. They, contraindre, constrain enceindre, gird enfreindre, infringe epreindre, squeeze out eteindre, extinguish etreindre, draw tight feindre, feign enj oindre, enjoin oindre, anoint poindre, puncture rej oindre, rejoin 168 LESSON XXXVI. too, make their derived parts quite regularly from an irregular set of principal parts. 5. As models may be taken paraitre appear and croitre grow. Thus : a. 18. paraitre paraissant paru parais parus paraitrai paraissais avoir paru parais parusse paraitrais paraisse o. The inflection of pres. indie, and imp v. is : Pres. In dic. Impv. parais paraissons paraissons parais paraissez parais paraissez parait paraissent Note that the circumflex of the infinitive appears here in the 3d sing. , but not elsewhere. c. Like paraitre are conjugated its compounds : apparaitre, appear comparaitre, appear disparaitre, disappear also connaitre know, be acquainted with, and its compounds : meconnaitre, fail to recognize reconnaitre, recognize also paitre graze and its compound : repaitre, feed But of paitre the pret. indie, and impf. subj. are not in use. d. Old infinitive forms are apparoir and comparoir, for ap- paraitre and comparaitre ; from apparoir is made also the im- personal 3d sing, il appert it appears. 6. Of croitre grow the principal and derived parts are : 10. croitre croissant era crois eras croitrai croissais avoir cru crois crosse croitrais croisse a. The inflection of the pres. indie, and impv. is : Pres. Indic. Impv. crois croissons croissons crois croissez crois croissez croit croissent Note that the circumflex of the infinitive appears here through the whole singular. The circumflex in past pple and pret. is chiefly for the purpose of distinguishing the forms from those of croire believe (below, XXXVII. 5). ikkegulae verbs in aindre etc., and aitre etc. 169 b. Like croitre are conjugated its compounds : accroitre, increase decroitre, decrease recroitre, grow again surcroitre, overgrow These, however, have no circumflex in the past pple : thus, accru etc. ; and some authorities omit it in the impf . subj. throughout : thus, crusse, accrusse, etc. 7. The verb naitre be bom is in part inflected like paraitre etc., but is very peculiar in its past participle and in its preterit. It takes the auxiliary etre (XXVIII. 6a). Thus: 20. naitre naissant ne nais naquis naitrai naissais etre ne nais naquisse *. . . etc. etc. naitrais naisse a. The inflection of the pres. indie, and the impv. is precisely as in paraitre : Pres. Indic. Impv. nais naissons naissons nais naissez nais naissez nait naissent b. Like naitre is conjugated its compound : renaitre, be born again c. In the sense of was born is used the perfect, suis ne etc. , if the person spoken of is living. 8. These verbs come, with some anomalous changes, from Latin verbs in -scere : thus, paraitre is Lat. parescere ; comialtre, Lat. cognoscere ; croitre, Lat. crescere ; naitre, Lat. nasci. VOCABULARY. (Besides the verbs given in the Lesson.) le general, the general le soldat, the soldier larmee f., the army la guerre, the war le bonheur, happiness, good for- le malheur, ujihappiness, mis- tune fortune Exercise 36. 1 Ne plaignez-vous pas cette pauvre f emme ? 2 Je la plains beaucoup, car elle est tres malheureuse. 3 Elle a eu un bon mari ; mais il joignit l'armee l'annee derniere, et il a tout a fait disparu. 4 Elle n'a pas de pain pour son pauvre enfant, qui est ne il y a quelques mois. & Connaissez-vous le vieux general ? 6 Nous l'avons connu autrefois, mais je 170 LESSON XXXYI. ne pense pas qu'il nous reconnaitra a present. 7 Nous avons beaucoup crii, depuis qu'il nous a connus. 8 Les enfants croissent tresvite, etapres peu de temps on neles reconnait plus. 9 II parait que nous allons avoir une guerre avec l'Allemagne. 10 Tous les malheurs de la patrie naissent de la guerre. " Aussitot que la guerre commencera, le bonheur des citoyens aura disparu. 12 Qui est-ce que vous plaigniez V 13 Nous plaignions les pauvres soldats, qui doivent aller a la guerre. " Qui est-ce que cet liomme veut peindre ? 11 II a peint beaucoup de generaux de France; maintenant il va peindre ce soldat-ci. 1G Napoleon naquit en Corse le 15 aout, 1709. 17 La plupart de nos grands hommes sont nes en France. 18 Donnons-nous la main, et soyons bons amis. 10 Mon pere naquit en 1796, et moi, je suis ne en 1853. 20 Nous ne craignons pas le malheur ; pourquoi le craindrions-nous ? Theme 36. 1 They fear ; we shall fear ; that he may not fear ; fear nothing ; did he never fear? he would have feared it. 2 1 had recognized her ; do you not recognize me ? we should recognize him ; he will recognize them ; she recognized him as he was entering. 3 Will he not appear? if he ap- pears, we shall disappear ; although he had not yet appeared, we went away ; do they not appear ? he appeared yester- day ; we appear to-day ; they will appear to-mor*ow. 4 You paint ; was he not painting ? I will paint it, if you wish ; give me what you have painted. 6 What was the man painting ? 6 He has painted the beautiful flowers which grow in our garden. 7 Does he never paint men ? 8 Those painters always paint animals. 9 Do you not recog- nize this picture ? 10 Yes, I recognize it well ; it is the portrait of the young general. " Did you know him? 12 1 knew him very well, and we have always known his family. 13 Where is he now ? )4 He disappeared last year. 15 It appears that his family has had many misfortunes. FURTHER IRREGULAR VERBS IK re. 171 16 Yes, we pity them very much. 17 When was your son born? 18 He was born in 1878. 19 He has grown a good deal since I went away. 20 Yes, he grows very fast ; all the children are growing ; he will still grow a little. LESSON XXXVII. FURTHER IRREGULAR VERBS IN re. 1. The verb traire draw, milk lacks the preterit and the imperfect subjunctive. a. Its principal and derived parts are as follows : 21, traire tray ant trait trais trairai trayais avoir trait trais trairais traie etc ' etc ' b. The inflection of pres. indie, and impv. is : Pres. Indio. Impv. trais trayons trayons trais trayez trais trayez trait traient c. Like traire (Lat. trahere) are conjugated its compounds : abstraire, abstract distraire, distract rentraire, darn attraire, attract extraire, extract retraire, milk again soustraire, subtract 2. The verb braire bray is conjugated like traire, but is hardly used except in the infinitive and the 3d sing, and pi. of pres. in- die. , f ut. , and conditional. 22, braire brait braira brairait braient brairont brairaient a. This verb is from late Latin bragire, from Celtic. 3. The very common verb faire make, do, which is also very irregular, has been given in full above: see XXXII. 8. a. 23. Like faire (Lat. facere) are conjugated its compounds : contrefaire, counterfeit malfaire, do ill refaire, remake defaire, undo mefaire, do harm satisfaire, satisfy forfaire, offend parfaire, complete surfaire, overdo 112 LESSOR XXXVII. 4. The verbs plaire please and taire keep silent are conjugated alike, except that plaire lias an irregular cir- cumllex in the 3d sing. pres. indicative. Thus: a. 24. plaire plaisant plu plais plus plairai plaisais avoir plu plais plusse plairais plaise etc- etc " b. The inflection of the pres. indie, and impv. is : Pres. Indic. Impv. plais plaisons plaisons plais plaisez plais plaisez plait plaisent c. Like plaire (Lat. placere) are conjugated its compounds : complaire, be complaisant deplaire, displease d. Plaire is much used impersonally, especially in the phrase s'il vous plait if you please. e. Of taire, it is enough to give the principal parts : 25. taire taisant tu tais tus The 3d sing. pres. indic. is il tait. /. Taire (Lat. tacere) is much used rcflcxively, in the sense be silent, hold one's peace : thus, tais-toi or taisez-vous be silent ! 5. There are two verbs in oire— namely, croire think, believe, and boire, drink — of which the former is regu- lar in the formation of its derived parts and in its tense-inflection, while the latter is irregular in both. Thus : a. 20. croire croyant cru crois crus croirai croyais avoir cru crois crusse croirais croie etc - etc ' Inflection of the three present tenses : Pres. Indic. Impv. Pres. Subj. crois croyons croyons croie croyions crois croyez crois croyez croies croyiez croit croient croie croient b. A compound of croire (Lat. credere), accroire (in faire accroire deceive into believing), is used only in the infinitive ; another, decroire disbelieve, only in the 1st sing, present. c. Croire in French is followed by an infinitive without infinitive-sign, where in English we use instead a dependent clause, or insert a reflexive pronoun : thus, je crois l'avoir dit / think (myself) to have said it, or I think that I have said it. FURTHER IRREGULAR VERBS IK re. 173 d. 27* boire buvant bu bois bus boirai buvais avoir bu bois busse , . , etc. etc. boirais b o 1 v e Inflection of the three present tenses : Prks. Indic. Impv. Pres. Subj. bois buvons buvons boive buvions bois buvez bois buvez boives buviez boit boivent boive boivent e. Like boire (Lat. bibere) are conjugated its compounds : emboire, imbibe imboire, imbibe, imbue reboire, drink again 6. There is one verb in ore, namely clore close, with its compound 6clore open, hatch (taking etre as auxiliary : XXVIII. 6a). Their conjugation is as follows (only a few of the forms being in actual use) : a. 28. clore [closant] clos clos clorai avoir clos clorais close (etre eclos) b. The 3d sing. pres. indic. is clot (and eclot) ; of the plural only the 3d pers. eclosent is in use. The fut. and cond. of eclore are more usually written with the circumflex : ecldra etc. (only the 3d persons are in use). c. Of clore (Lat. claudere) there are other compounds : declore, unclose enclore, enclose forclore, foreclose but they are rarely used, and only in a few forms. 7. There is also a single verb ending in ure, namely -dure in conclure conclude etc. The conjugation is as follows : a. 29. conclure concluant conclu conclus conclus conclurai concluais avoir conclu conclus conclusse conclurais conclue etc ' etc ' b. Inflection of the present tenses : Pres. Indic. Impv. Pres. Subj. conclus concluons concluons conclue concluions conclus concluez conclus concluez conclues concluiez conclut concluent conclue concluent c. Like conclure are conjugated also the other compounds of -dure (Lat. -cludere) : namely, 174 LESSON XXXVII. exclure, exclude reclure, shut up but of reclure only a few forms are in use. VOCABULARY. (Besides the verbs given in the Lesson.) la ferme, the farm la fermiere, the farmer's wife le lis, tlte lily la violette, the molet le matin, the morning le soir, the evening Exercise 37. 1 Que buvez-vous ? 2 Je bois du lait frais ; voulez-vous en boire ? 3 Ou l'avez-vous trouve ? 4 La fermiere trayait ses vaches, et elle m'en a donne. h Croyez-vous que je puisse en avoir aussi? 6 Elle les a deja traites, mais elle les traira encore ce soir. 7 Alors j'en boirai ce soir. 8 Voila de jolies fleurs ; elles sont ecloses ce matin. 9 Les roses ecloront demain, je crois. 10 J'en veux quelques unes. " Je crois vous avoir dit que j'aime extreraement toutes les fleurs. 12 Est-ce que ces petites filles ne vous plaisent pas? 13 Elles m'ont beaucoup deplu, parce qu'elles ne se taisent jamais. 14 II faut qu'un enfant se taise lorsque les autres veulent parler. 15 Avant de m'en aller, il faut que je boive un peu de vin. 16 Vous en avez deja bu, et nous ne croyons point qu'il vous en faille encore. 17 Mais le lait ne me plait pas. 18 Taisez-vous, et buvez ce qu'on vous donne. 19 Je me tai- rai, mais je ne boirai pas ce qui me deplait. 20 Ne croient- ils pas ce que je leur ai dit ? 21 lis n'en ont rien cru. Theme 37. 1 He believes ; does she not believe ? they will believe ; believe what I say ; I have believed what she has said to me. 2 Will he drink ? do you drink ? they would have drunk ; drink, and go away ; let us drink water ; he would drink wine, if he had some. 3 Does she please you ? that would never please me ; they have pleased me. * She spoke THE REMAINING VERBS IN re. 175 and I was silent ; be silent while your mother speaks ; if you do not keep silence, I shall say nothing. 5 1 want to go to the farm this morning, if you please. 6 1 will con- duct you there; but you must be silent while I speak to the farmer's wife. 7 Do you believe that she will milk the cows while we are there ? 8 If she milks them, she will give you some milk. 9 1 drank some fresh milk formerly, and I shall drink some to-day. 10 We drink milk often, but we have never drunk wine. " Do you think that the lilies have opened? 12 They have not yet opened, but they will open this evening. 13 These violets please me much ; give me some, if you please. 14 Be silent, my child ; you have displeased me. 15 We thought that we had pleased you. 16 Since you are silent, we conclude that we displease you. 17 Although we drink much milk, we are always thirsty. LESSON XXXVIII. THE REMAINING VERBS IN re. i. The remaining verbs ending in the infinitive in re have a consonant next before the r. They are quite dis- cordant, and in part very irregular, in their conjugation, and must be taken up one by one. a. We will begin with two that are extremely common in use. 2. The verb prendre take is thus conjugated : 30. prendre prenant prendrai prenais prendrais prenne Inflection of the present tenses : Pres. Indic. Impv. prends prenons prends prenez prends prend prennent a. For the doubling of the n in prenne etc. pris prends pris avoir pris etc. etc. prends prisse Pres. SURJ. prenons prenne prenions prenez prennes preniez prenne prennent ►renne etc. , see 2L 176 LESSON XXXVIII. b. Like prendre (Lat. prehendere) are conjugated its numerous compounds (some of them very much used) : apprendre, learn rapprendre, releam meprendre, mistake desapprendre, unlearn comprendre, understand reprendre, resume eprendre, seize entreprendre, undertake surprendre, surprise 3. The verb mettre put is thus conjugated : 31. mettre mettant mis mets mis mettrai mettais avoir mis mets misse mettrais mette ete ' etc - Inflection of the pres. indie, and impv. : TltES. INDIC. IMPV. mets mettons mettons mets mettez mets mettez met mettent a. Like mettre (Lat. mittere) are conjugated its numerous and much-used compounds : admettre, admit omettre, omit remettre, remit commettre, commit permettre, perm it soumettre, submit demettre, put out promettre, promise transmettre, transmit emettre, emit compromettre, compromise b. For the phrnse se mettre a begin (literally, set one's self at), see above, XXIX. 76. 4. The verb vivre live is very irregular in its preterit and past participle : thus, 32. vivre vivant vecu vis vecus vivrai vivais vivrais vive avoir vecu etc. etc. vis vecusse Inflection of the pres. indie. and impv. : Pres. Indic. Impv. vis vivons vivons vis vivez vis vivez a. Like vivre (Lat. vivere) are conjugated its compounds : revivre, revive survivre, survive b. The pres. subj. is used in good wishes for English long live: thus, vive le roi long live the king. In the expression qui vive who goes there f (literally, who is alive or stirring) it is treated as an indicative. THE REMAINING VERBS IK re. m 5. The verb suivre follow is quite nearly regular, is conjugated as follows : It 33. suivre suivrai suivrais suivi avoir suivi etc. etc. SUIS suis SU1V1S suivisse IMPV. suivons suivez cousu couds COUS1S avoir cousu couds cousisse etc. etc. IMPV. cousons suivant suivais suive Inflection of the pres. indie, and impv. : Pres. Indic. suis suivons suis suivez suis suit suivent a. Notice the identity of je suis I follow with je suis / am. b. Like suivre (Lat. sequi) are conjugated its compounds : ensuivre, ensue poursuivre, pursue 6. The verb coudre sew is thus conjugated : 34. coudre cousant coudrai cousais coudrais couse Inflection of the pres. indic. and impv. : Pres. Indic. couds cousons couds cousez couds coud cousent a. Notice the unusual difference in the final vowel-sound of the pple cousu and pret. cousis. Such difference is found only in coudre, v§tir (XXXIX. 11), and voir (XLI. 4>. b. Like coudre (Lat. consuere) are conjugated its compounds : decoudre, unsew, rip recoudre, sew over again 7. The verb moudre grind is thus conjugated : 35. moudre moulant moulu mouds moulus moudrai moulais avoir moulu mouds moulusse moudrais moule etc ' etc ' Inflection of the pres. indic. and impv. : Pres. Indic. Impv. mouds moulons moulons mouds moulez mouds moulez moud moulent a. Like moudre (Lat. molere) are conjugated its compounds : emoudre, whet remoudre, grind over 8. The very irregular verb r6soudre resolve is thus conjugated : 12 178 LESSON XXXVIII. 3ft. resoudre resolvant resolu resouds resolus resoudrai resolvais avoir resolu resouds resolusse resoudrais resolve ete ' etc ' Inflection of the pres. indie, and impv. : Pres. Indic. Impv. resouds resolvons resolvons resouds resolvez resouds resolvez resoud resolvent a. Nearly like resoudre are conjugated the other compounds of -soudre (Lat. solvere) : namely, absoudre, absolve dissoudre, dissolve except that their past participles are absous and dissous (fern. -soute). And resous (only masc.) is also a rarely used participle of resoudre, in the sense of dissolved. 9. Of sourdre (Lat. surgere) rise forth are used only the in- finitive and the 3d persons pres. indicative : thus, 37* sourdre sourd, sourdent. VOCARULAIIY. (Besides the verbs given in the Lesson.) la malle, the trunk le mouehoir, the handkerchief le col, the collar la manchette, the cuff la lec,on, the lesson le theme, the exercise, theme anglais, English allemand, German Exercise 38. 1 Qu'avez-vous appris de votre frere ? 2 J'apprends qu'il va entreprendre un long voyage. 3 Permettez-vous qu'il s'en aille ? 4 II l'a resolu, et il faut que je le lui permette. 6 Est-ce qu'il prendra toutes ces malles avec lui ? 6 II ne prend jamais qu'une malle. 7 Voila la malle qu'il a prise l'annee derniere. 8 Prenez ces mouchoirs et mettez-les dans la malle. 9 Est-ce que vous y avez mis les manchettes et les cols ? 10 II faut que je les couse avant de les y mettre. 11 Ne les cousez pas, il en achetera d'autres. 12 Si votre frere va en Angleterre, il lui faudra apprendre l'Anglais. 13 II a resolu de l'apprendre, et il prend des le9ons d'An- glais depuis un an. u Maintenant il l'aura appris tres bien, je crois. 15 Comprenez-vous l'Allemand, mademoi- THE REMAINING VERBS IK re. 179 selle ? 16 Non, monsieur; mais je me suis mise a l'apprendre. 17 Ce qu'on a resolu d'apprendre, on l'apprend toujours. 18 Est-ce que votre chien vous suit ? 19 II m'a toujours suivi ; mais il devient vieux, et je ne crois pas qu'il me suivra plus longtemps. 20 Les chiens ne vivent pas aussi longtemps que les hommes. 21 Bien que celui-ci n'ait vecu que dix ans, il est deja vieux, et il faut que je me resolve a en acheter un autre. M Nous vivrons desormais dans la ville. Theme 38. 1 You will take ; they have taken ; take it ; we took it ; will she not take it? I wish that you may take it ; thou wast taking ; I have taken nothing. 2 We would put ; that they may put ; let us put it there ; he put it in his pocket; will he not put it there ? I shall put it where I wish ; he will have put it on the table ; I never put them there. 3 They were living ; he lived ; do we not live ? live ! I wish that the king may live long ; you would have lived. 4 She sews ; they were sewing ; I did not sew ; if you sew, we shall sew also ; that he might sew ; let us sew. 5 That he may re- solve ; I have resolved ; we shall resolve ; would he not resolve ? they were resolving ; let us resolve ; she would not have resolved. 6 What have you done with (de) the handkerchiefs which I was sewing ? 7 1 put them in your trunk. 8 1 did not permit you to (de) put them there. 9 If I had not put them there, my brother would not have been able to go away. 10 Which trunk has he taken ? " He has taken the old black trunk which he took last year. 12 Have you learned why he leaves ? 13 My father permits him to leave, in order that he may learn English 14 Does he not understand English ? 15 He does not understand it yet, but he is beginning to learn it, and he will understand it soon. 16 You take English lessons also, I believe. 17 No, sir ; but I take German lessons. 18 This child must under- stand German, if he is going to Germany. 19 Where have 180 LESSON XXXIX. you put your little dog ? ™ It is dead ; it lived only three months. 21 1 took your pencil, and put it on the table ; but it is no longer there. aa Put your book where you will be able to find it again. LESSON XXXIX. IRREGULAR VERBS IN IT. 1. A number of verbs ending in the infinitive in ir are conjugated alike, and quite regularly. Such are partir set out, leave, depart, sortir go out, sentir feel, mentir lie, tell a lie, repentir (reflexive) repent, dormir sleep, servir serve. a. These verbs are more properly regular than the so-called regular verbs of the second conjugation (like finir), since they do not, like the latter, mix togeth- er simple and inceptive tonus. But the verbs like iinir are much the more nu- merous. 2. The verb partir is thus conjugated : 38. partir partant parti pars partis partirai partais etre parti pars partisse , . . etc. etc. partirais parte Inflection of the pros, indie, and impv. : Tkes. In dic. Impv. pars partons partons pars partez pars partez part partent 3. Of the others in tir, it will be enough to give the principal parts : 39. sortir sortant sorti sors sortis 40. sentir sentant senti sens sentis 41. mentir mentant menti mens mentis 42. repentir repentant repenti repens repentis a. Like these verbs (Lat. partiri, sortiri, sentire, mentiri, -poenitere) are conjugated their compounds : departir, distribute repartir, set out again ressortir, go out again consentir, consent pressentir, foresee ressentir, feel, resent dementir, give the lie to IRREGULAR VERBS EN" ir. 181 6. But repartir distribute is like finir ; and so also ressortir when it means resort; and assortir assort is not a compound of sortir, and is regular. c. As to the auxiliary with partir and sortir, see XXVIII. 7. 4. Of the two verbs in mir and vir, the principal parts are as follows : 43, dormir dormant dormi dors dormis 44, servir servant servi sers servis Their pres. indie, (with which the imperative persons, as usual, agree) are these : Pres. Indic. Pees. Indic. dors dormons sers servons dors dormez sers servez dort dorment sert servent a. Like these verbs (Lat. dormire, servire) are conjugated their compounds : endormir, put to sleep redormir, sleep again rendormir, put to desservir, clear {a table) sleep again But asservir subjugate is regular (like finir). b. The phrase se servir de use, make use of, was given at XXIX. 76. 5. Somewhat less regular is assaillir assail, which has a present indicative like a verb of the first conjugation. a. The principal parts are : 45, assaillir assaillant assailli assaille assaillis The pres. indic. and impv. are : Pres. Indic. Impv. assaille assaillons assaillons assailles assaillez assaille assaillez assaille assaillent 6. Like assaillir is conjugated another compound of saillir, tressaillir, be startled but the simple saillir (Lat. salire) gush forth is like finir; in the sense of jut out, project, it has the 3d persons pres. indic. like assaillir. 6. The verb cueillir gather is still further irregular, in having also the future and conditional made after the manner of the first conjugation : thus, 182 LESSON XXXIX. 4(>. cueillir cueillant cueilli cueille cueillis cueillerai cueillais avoir cueilli cueille cueillisse cueillerais cueille, ett- ' e ' The present tenses are like those of assaillir. a. Like cueillir (Lat. colligere) are conjugated its compounds : accueillir, receive recueillir, collect 7. The verb fuir flee, shun has a very regular conju- gation : thus, 47, fuir fuyant fui fuis fuis fuirai fuyais avoir fui fuis fuisse luirais fuie etc ' etc ' The pres. indie, and impv. are : Pres. Indic. Impv. fuis fuyons fuyons fuis fuyez fuis fuyez fuit fuient a. Like fuir (Lat. fugere) is conjugated its compound: s'enfuir, run away, fly 8. Of the verb bruire (probably Lat. rug-ire) roar, be noisy, the few forms that occur may best be put here, on account of their analogy with those of fuir. They are only 48, bruire bruyant il bruit il bruyait ils bruyaient 9. The verb ouir hear (Lat. audi re) is now hardly used except in the infinitive and past participle, with the compound tenses. Its full conjugation is as follows : 49, ouir oyant oui ois ouis o i r a i oyais avoir oul ois ouisse etc. etc. o i r a i s oie 10. The verb faillir miss, fall short is also very defective, being used at present only in the infinitive, future, and conditional, and in the compound tenses : thus, 50, faillir [faillant] failli [faux] [faillis] faillirai [faillais] avoir failli faillirais [faille] etc " etc ' a. Other forms of this verb are met with in older use, and sometimes agreeing in form with those of falloir (originally the same word : Lat. fallere). As meaning fail {in business), it is sometimes conjugated like finir. b. The perfect j'ai failli etc. is used with a following infinitive in the sense come near, just escape : thus, j'ai failli tomber 1 came within an ace of falling. IEEEGULAR VERBS IK ir. 183 e. The compound defaillir fail is also used only in a part of its forms, and with somewhat varying conjugation. 11. The verb vetir clothe differs from the preceding in having u as ending of its past participle. It is thus conjugated : 51, vetir vetant vetu vets vetis vetirai vetais avoir vetu vets vetisse *,. . ~, etc. etc. vetirais vete Inflection of pres. indie, and impv. : Pres. Indic. Impv. vets vetons vetons vets vetez vets vetez vet vetent a. But this verb is also sometimes conjugated like finir. b. Like v§tir (Lat. vestire) are also conjugated its compounds : devetir, unclothe revetir, reclothe, dress VOCABULARY. (Besides the verbs given in the Lesson.) le coeur, the heart l'amitie f., the friendship la voiture, the carriage adieu, farewell, adieu le mari, the husband le beau-frere, the brother-in-law Exercise 39. 1 Pourquoi sortiez-vous de bonne heure aujourd'hui ? 2 Je suis sorti avec inon ami, qui partait pour l'Angleterre. 3 On m'avait dit qu'il ne partirait pas avant ce soir. 4 On a menti, monsieur; il est parti ce matin. 5 S'il n'etait pas parti de si bonne heure, nous nous serions leves pour lui dire adieu ; mais nous dormions encore. 6 Moi, je n'ai point dormi ; je me sentais trop malheureux. 7 Ressentez-vous tant d'amitie pour lui ? 8 Je ne mens pas; je l'aime de tout mon cceur. 9 Est-ce que les enf ants sont partis ? 10 lis sor- tirent il y a deux heures. Qu'est-ce qu'ils font? 12 lis vont donner aux pauvres soldats malades les fleurs qu'ils ont cueillies. 13 lis sont sortis ce matin, et ils ont cueilli les fleurs dans les champs. 14 De quoi se sont-ils servis pour aller aux champs ? 15 Ils se sont servis de notre grande voi- 184 LESSON XXXIX. ture. 16 Qui est cette femme, qui est vetue de noir ? " C'est ma tante ; depuis la mort de son enfant elle se vet tou- jours ainsi. 18 Elle a failli perdre aussi son raari. 18 J'ai oui dire que les soldats avaient fui devant l'ennemi. 20 On a menti ; les soldats fran^ais ne fuient jamais. 21 Celui qui ment doit etre puni. " Ne sortez pas, mon ami ; il fait trop froid. Theme 39. 1 Let us set out ; they were setting out ; she would de- part ; shall you not set out? that he might depart; she has departed ; you would have departed. 2 Is he not sleep- ing ? she slept ; if he had slept ; sleep ! that you may sleep ; if we had not slept. 3 You clothe ; they had not clothed; do I not clothe? that you might clothe; let us clothe. * She gathers flowers ; we will gather flowers for her ; she has gathered them for us ; why have you not gathered any flowers ? 5 Go out of this room ; he will not go out of it ; we have gone out of the town ; he went out by the door ; you will go out by the window. 6 Why does this woman always dress herself in black ? 7 She dresses herself in black because she has lost her husband. 8 Let us gather some violets in order to give to her. 9 Where have you gathered these beautiful flowers ? i0 We went out of the house and gathered them in the garden. " Did your cousins go away in the large carriage ? i2 No, they made use of the small carriage. 13 Where have they gone ? ' 4 They did not sleep at all here. 15 1 go to sleep very early, when I am in (a) the country. J6 We shall sleep before going out. 17 Has the teacher gone away without saying farewell to us ? 18 Although he has lied to us, we still feel friendship for him. 19 Why do these women dress them- selves so badly ? 20 They are very poor, and they use old dresses, which some one has given them. 21 Let us flee > while our enemies sleep. IRREGULAR YEKBS IN ir. 185 LESSOR XL. OTHER IRREGULAR VERBS IN" ir. 1. In this Lesson will be given the rest of the irregu- lar verbs having the infinitive ending in ir. 2. The verb courir run is thus conjugated : 52. courir courant couru cours conrus courrai courais avoir couru cours courusse etc. etc. courrais coure The pres. indie, and impv. are : Pres. Indic. Impv. cours courons courons cours courez cours courez court courent a. Note the double pronunciation of the rr in the (abbreviated) fut. and cond. of this verb (73cZj. b. Like courir (Lat. currere) are conjugated its compounds : accourir, run up encourir, incur recourir, recur concourir, concur parcourir, traverse secourir, succor discourir, discourse c. An old form of the infinitive, courre, is sometimes used as a hunting term. 3. Four verbs — namely, offrir offer, souffrir suffer, ouvrir open, and couvrir cover — have ert as ending of the past participle, and e of the present indicative : thus, a. 53. offrir offrant offert offre offris offrirai offrais avoir offert offre offrirais offre etc- et0. The pres. indie, and impv. are : Pres. Indic. Impv. offre offrons offroas offres offrez offre offre offrent 186 LESSOR XL. b. Of the others, it will be enough to give the principal parts : 54. souflrir souffrant souffert souffre souffris 55. ouvrir ouvrant ouvert ouvre ouvris 56. couvrir couvrant couvert couvre couvris c. Of offrir (Lat. offerre) and souffrir (Lat. suflferre), there are no compounds ; like ouvrir (Lat. aperirej and couvrir (Lat. cooperire) are conjugated their compounds : rouvrir, reopen entrouvrir, half open decouvrir, discover recouvrir, cover again 4. Certain verbs in ir are used in only a few forms : a. 57* Ferir strike (Lat. ferire) occurs only in the infinitive (and, very rarely, the past participle feru). b. 58. Issir issue (Lat. exire) has only the past participle issu (and, according to some, also the present participle issant). c. Gesir lie (Lat. jacere) has only the following parts : 59. gesir gisant gis gisais And of the pres. indie. , only the 3d. sing, and the plural per- sons are in use : thus, gisons gisez git gisent especially in the phrase ci git here lies, on a tombstone. As to the pronunciation of s in this verb, see 74c. 5. The remaining verbs in ir change the root-vowel in a part of their forms — namely, in those persons of the three present tenses which are accented on the root, being either monosyllables or followed only by a mute syllable. 6. The verbs venir come and tenir hold are conjugated precisely alike. They change their e to ie in the accented persons ; and also in the future and conditional, which are irregularly formed. a. Of venir the whole conjugation has been already given (XXXI. 10) ; it takes (XXVIII. 6) etre as auxili- ary. Only its principal parts will be repeated here : 60. venir venant venu viens vine b. The verb tenir is thus conjugated IRREGULAR VERBS IX ir. 187 61. tenir tenant tenu tiens tins tiendrai tenais avoir tenu tiens tinsse tiendrais ♦ ,•«„„« etc - etc - tienne The inflection of the present tenses is as follows : Pees. Ixdic, IilPT. Pres. Subj, tiens tenons tenons tienne tenions tiens tenez tiens tenez tiennes teniez tient tiennent tienne tiennent e. Like venir | Lat. venire) and tenir (Lat. tenere) are conju- gated their numerous and much-used compounds : advenir, happen parvenir, arrive ressouvenir, remind again avenir, happen intervenir, intervene circonvenir, <^>c urn- prevenir, anticipate vent contrevenir, contra- pro venir, proceed vene convenir, agree redevenir, become again se souvenir, remember devenir, become revenir, return, come subvenir, assist back disconvenir, disagree survenir, come in addi- tion abstenir, abstain detenir, detain obtenir, obtain appartenir, belong entretenir, entertain retenir, retain contenir, contain maintenir, maintain soutenir, sustain d. For the auxiliary used with venir and most of its com- pounds, see XXVIII. 6a. 7. The verb mourir die changes its on to eu in the ac- cented forms, and is also irregular in the future and con- ditional. It is conjugated thus : 62. mourir mourant mort meurs mourns in o u r r a i mourais etre mort meurs mourusse • eto etc mourrais meure The inflection of the three present tenses is : Pees. Indic. Impv. Pees. Scbj. meurs mourons mourons meure mourions meurs mourez meurs mourez meures mouriez meurt meurent meure meurent 188 LESSON XL. With mourir (Lat. mori) are formed no compounds. a. For the pronunciation of rr in the f ut. and cond. , see 73c?. 8. Of the simple verb qu6rir seek, only the infinitive is in use ; but its compounds are fully conjugated. As example may be taken acquerir acquire. The change of the root- vowel e is to ie (as in venir) ; the future is made as in mourir and courir. 03. acquerir acquerant acquis acquiers acquis acquerrai acquerais avoir acquis acquiers acquisse . «. etc. etc. acquerrais acquiere The inflection of the three present tenses is : Pres. Indic. Impv. tpres. Subj. acquiers acquerons acquerons acquiere acquerions acquiers acquerez acquiers acquerez acquieres acqueriez acquiert acquierent acquiere acquierent a. In the same manner are conjugated the other compounds of -querir (Lat. quserere) : conquerir, conquer s'enquerir, inquire reconquerir, reconquer requerir, require 9. The verb bouillir boil is conjugated nearly like partir (XXXIX. 2), being irregular only in the singular of the present indicative and imperative. Thus : 04. bouillir bouillant bouilli bous bouillis bouillirai bouillais avoir bouilli i>ous bouillisse bouillirais bouille etc " etc ' Inflection of the pres. indic. and impv. : Pres. Indic. Impv. bous bouillons bouillons bous bouillez bous bouille? bout bouillent a. Like bouillir (Lat. bullire) are conjugated its compounds : ebouillir, boil away rebouillir, boil again VOCABULARY. (Besides the verbs given in the Lesson.) l'air m., the air le pied, the foot le bas, the stocking le Soulier, the shoe la poule, the fowl, hen la basse-cour, the poultry -yard froid, cold chaud, warm IKREGULAE VEKBS IN" ir. 189 Exercise 40. x Est-ce que vous ne vous sentez pas bien, mon enfant? 8 J'ai mal a la tete, et je souffre beaucoup. 3 II vous faut de Pair frais ; j'ouvrirai la fenetre. 4 Si vous ouvrez la fenetre, j'aurai froid. 5 Alors sortez, et courez dans le jar- din. 6 Nous avons beaucoup couru ce matin, et nous avons mal aux pieds. 7 Nous courrons ce soir, si vous voulez. 8 Que f aites-vous la ? 9 Je f ais bouillir de l'eau ; nous allons avoir du the. 10 II faut que l'eau bouille, pour faire de bon the. " Lorsque j'aurai fait le the, je vous en offrirai. 12 Pourquoi ne m'avez-vous pas off ert aussi des oeuf s ? 13 Les o?uf s ne m'appartiennent pas ; aussi je ne vous les offre pas. 14 Qu'est-ce que vous tenez dans la main ? 15 Un livre qui appartient a mon frere ; il a appartenu autrefois a Mon- sieur B. 16 Mon ami mourut l'annee derniere. l7 II etait de- venu tres pauvre, et depuis qu'il est mort, on a du vendre tout ce qui lui appartenait. I8 Mon pere a acquis beaucoup de biens en travaillaut ; si vous travaillez, vous en acquer- rez aussi. 19 Je n'ai pas ouvert ce livre-la. 20 Que quelqu'un ouvre la porte, ou je mourrai. 21 On vient d'ouvrir la porte de la basse-cour, et toutes les poules courent dans le jardin. 22 Si nous avions des bas et des souliers, nous ne souffririons pas du froid aux pieds. Theme 40. 1 They run ; we were running ; you ran ; he will run ; she would run ; let us run ; that I may run ; that thou might est run. 2 Offer ! we shall offer it to him ; they would have offered them to me ; I offered her nothing ; thou never offerest anything to anybody. 3 He holds ; will you not hold ? hold ! they were holding ; that she might hold ; we should have held ; do not hold it ; that he may hold them. 4 Why do not these children run ? 5 Their feet have become cold, and they cannot run any more. 6 If you run 190 LESSON XLI. very fast, your feet will become warm. 7 These poor chil- dren have been able to obtain neither shoes nor stockings. fi Their father has died, and they have become very poor. 9 He died six months ago ; and now their mother is dying. 10 We have offered her a fowl, but she suffers so much that she cannot eat. " They are suffering from headache. 12 If they opened the window, they would have more air, and they would suffer less. 13 Where does he acquire all his money ? M He has sold all that which belonged to him, but he has not acquired much. 15 If he works well, he will acquire more. 1C This dress belongs to me, and I will offer it to her. 17 Let us offer to the children the old shoes which have belonged to us. l8 The water boils ; make the tea. 19 Give me some boiling water, and I will make it. 20 If my uncle does not come back to-day, he will come back cer- tainly to-morrow. LESSON XLI. IRREGULAR VERBS IN Oir. 1. The verbs ending in oir are much less numerous than the irregular ones in ir and in re, but some of them are very common and important. "We may take up first among them a little group ending in the infinitive in evoir, which in many grammars are treated as a separate regular conjugation — called the third, the verbs in re being reckoned as the fourth. 2. The verb recevoir receive is thus conjugated : 05, recevoir recevant recu recois recus recevrai recevais avoir recu recois recusse etc. etc. recevrais receive The inflection of the present tenses is : IKKEGULAR VEKES IK Oir. 191 Pres. Indic. Impv. Pres. Subj. re^ois recevons recevons receive recevions re9ois recevez re9ois recevez re^oives receviez reooit re9oivent re9oive recoivent a. Like recevoir are conjugated the other compounds of -cevoir (Lat. -cipere) ; namely, concevoir, conceive decevoir, deceive percevoir, receive apercevoir, perceive 3. In the same manner is conjugated also the verb devoir owe, which has been given in full above (XX VL 12 etc.) ; its principal parts are : 66, devoir devant du dois dus a. Like devoir (Lat. det>ere) is conjugated its compound : redevoir, owe again 4. The verb voir see is thus conjugated : 67* voir voyant v e r r a i voyais v e r r a i s voie The present tenses are thus inflected Pres. Indic. Impv. vois voyons vois voyez vois voit voient a. Like voir (Lat. videre) are conjugated two of its com- pounds : revoir, see again entrevoir, see partly b. But two other compounds, prevoir foresee and pourvoir provide, make regular futures and conditionals, and the latter also has the preterit in us instead of is : thus, 68, prevoir prevoyant prevu prevois previs prevoirai prevoyais avoir prevu prevois previsse prevoirais prevoie ete " ete ' c. Of pourvoir it will be enough to give the principal parts : 69, pourvoir pourvoyant pourvu pourvois pourvrs d. Like pourvoir is conjugated its compound depourvoir, deprive 5. Of the verb choir fall, only the infinitive and ine past participle chu are now in use. vu vois vis avoir vu vois visse etc. etc. ed: Pres. SUKT. >yons voie voyions >yez voies voyiez voie voient 192 LESSON XLI. But its compound dechoir fall, decay is still conju- gated in full. 70. dechoir [dechoyant] dechu dechois dechus decherrai dechoyais avoir dechu dechois dechusse decherrais dechoie e c etc * The pres. indie, and impv. are thus inflected : Pres. Indic, Impv. dechois dechoyons dechoyons dechois dechoyez dechois dechoyez dechoit dechoient a. The pres. pple is not in use, and in its value as gerund after en (X. 3c, d) is found decheant. 6. The other compound of choir (Lat cadere), namely echoir, fall in is conjugated in the same way, but is used in only a few of its forms, chiefly the 3d persons singular : thus, pres. echoit (some- times echet), pret. echut, gerund echeant, etc. 6. The verb pleuvoir rain is impersonal, or used only in the third persons singular (XXX. 1) ; it is thus con- jugated : 71' pleuvoir pleuvant plu pleut plut p 1 e u v r a pleuvait avoir plu plut pleuvrait pleuve a. Of pleuvoir (Lat. plu ere) there are no compounds. 7. For apparoir and comparoir, see XXXVI. 5d. VOCABULARY. (Besides the verbs given in the Lesson.) le projet, the plan, preyed le paquet, the package le besoin, the need, requirement la difficulty the difficulty le pouvoir, the power peut-etre, perhaps, maybe Exercise 41. 1 J'ai recu une lettre de mon ami. 2 Qu'est-ce qu'il vous ecrit ? 3 II me dit qu'il me verra demain, s'il ne pleut pas. 4 II pleuvra certainement, et je ne le reverrai jamais. 5 I1 faut que vous le voyiez avant de partir. 6 Je ne concois point pourquoi vous voulez partir. 7 II a concu un projet, IRREGULAR VERBS IK oir. 193 dont il n'aperc^it pas encore toutes les difficultes. 8 N'a- vez-vous pas re.] comment adv. how ? how ! how (relative), [fr. comme (-ment, XXXI. 2) ] comprendre v. (irr. SO) comprehend, include ; understand : y compris, being included, with inclusion of. [L. comprehendere.] *compte (71a) m. account, com- putation, reckoning, [fr. comp- ter.] -compter (71a) v. compute, count, reckon [L. computare.) conclure v. (err. 29) conclude ; in- fer. [L. concludere.] conduire v. (irr. 1) conduct, lead, guide, manage, drive. [L. con- ducere.] confiture /. sweetmeat, preserve, jam. [fr. confire, L. conjicere, put together.] connaitre v. (irr. 18) know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, be informed of, have cog- nizance of. [L. cognoscere.] constamment adv. constantly, [fr. constant, L. (XXXI. 4a).] conte in. story, tale. | fr. conter.] content adj. content, satisfied, glad, happy. [L. contentum.] continuellement adv. continually [fr. .continuel, fr. continues] contre prep, against, in opposition to; in exchange for. [L. contra.] cordonnier m. shoemaker, [lit'ly, worker in Cordovan leather.] corps in. body; corpse. \L.corpw.] 212 FREKCH-ENGLISH cote /. side, part. [fr. L. costa, rib.] coucher v. lay down, put to rest or to bed : se . . ., retire to rest, go to bed. [L. collocate.] coudre v. (irr. 34) sew. [L. con- suere.] coup m. blow, stroke, bit ; dis- charge, shot : tout-a-coup, sud- denly, all at once ; a coup sur, assuredly, to a certainty, with- out fail ; coup d'oeil, glance, sud den look ; and compare beau- coup. [L. colaphum, fr. Gr.] cour /. court ; courtyard, yard. [L. chortem.] courir v. (irr. 52) run ; be current, circulate ; run after, hunt. [L. currere.~] court adj. short, brief, curt. [L. curium. ~\ cousin m. cousine /. cousin. [L. consobrinum.] couteau m. knife. [L. cultcllum.] couturiere/. seamstress, dressmak- er, [fr. couture, L. consuturam, sewing.] couvert m. cover, plate etc. for eating, seat at table, [pple of couvrir. ] couvrir v. (irr. 56) cover, envelop ; fill. [L. cooperire.] craindre v. {irr. 15) fear, be afraid ; be afraid of, dread. [L. tre- mere, tremble.] crayon m. pencil, [fr. L. cretam, chalk.] creer v. create. [L. creare.] croire v. (irr. 26) believe, think, be of opinion, suppose ; believe to belong, credit ; with in fin. think one's self. [L. credere.'] croitre v. (irr. 19) grow, increase. [L. crescere.~\ cruel adj. cruel. [L. crudelem.] cruellement adv. cruelly, [fr. cruel.] cueillir v. (irr. 46) collect, gather, pick, cull. [L. colligereT] *cuiller (73&) /. spoon. [L. coch- leare.] cuisine/, kitchen. [L. coquinam.] cuisiniere/. cook. [fr. cuisine.] dame/, lady. [L. dominant.] Danemark m. Denmark. dans prep, in, into, to. [L. de intus.] davantage adv. yet more, more, further, in addition, [de and avantage.] deprep. (III.-V.) of ; from; about, respecting ; out of, because of, on account of, for ; with, by, through ; at, in, on ; to ; some or any (IV.) ; than (XV. 9) ; as. [L. de.] debout adv. on end, in upright position, erect, standing, not thrown down, [de and bout, end.] decembre m. December. [L.] dechoir v. (irr. 70) fall, sink, de- cay. [L. decider e.] dedans adv. within, [de and dans.] defier v. defy : se . . . de, distrust, doubt. [L. diffidere.] degeler v. thaw, melt, [de- (L. dis) and geler.] dehors adv. without, outside, [de and hors, without.] deja adv. already, [des and ja, L jam, now.] dejeuner m. breakfast. [LL. di«je- junare, relieve of hunger.] demander v. ask, request. [L. de- mandare.] demain adv. to-morrow: apres-de- main, day after to-morrow. [L. de and mane, in the morning.] demeurer v. continue, abide, dwell, live. [L. demorari.] demi adj. half : demi-heure, half- hour ; demi-savant, half-learned, sciolist. [L. dimidium.] dent/, tooth. [L. dentem.] depecher v. despatch : se . . ., make haste, hasten. [LL. dispedicare, dis impede.] deplaire v. (irr. 24) displease, be disagreeable to. [de- (L. di*) and plaire.] depuis prep, from, since, during VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 213 . , . past, for, ago : depuis que, since (conj.). [de and puis, then.] dernier adj. (VIII. 5c) last, con- cluding ; last past, next preced- ing the present, [fr. OF. der- rain, fr. L. de retro.'] dernierement adv. lastly ; lately, recently, [fr. dernier.] derriere prep, behind, [fr. L. de retro.] des prep, from, starting from, be- ginning with, since : des que, from the time that, as soon as. [L. de ex ?] descendre v. descend, come down, fall. [L. descend ere.] desir m. desire, wish. [fr. desirer, L. demlerare.] desormais adv. henceforth. [L. de ipsa Itora, magis.] *dessous (IBd)adv, prep, under, be- neath, [de and sous, L. subtus.] *dessus (ISd) ndv.prep.&bove,\ipon, on. [de and sus, L. susum.] deux num. two. [L. duo.] deuxieme (81c) num. second, [fr. deux.] devant prep. adv. before, in front of. in front au-devant de, to the front of, so as to meet, to meet, [de and avant (L. ab ante).] devenir v. (irr. 60) become, come to be, turn. [L. devenir e.] devoir v. (irr. 66) owe, be under obligation, be required, have to, be appointed or intended or des- tined, be to (with infin.: XXVI. 12/*) , be sure to. [L. debere.] devoir m. duty. [inf. of devoir.] Dieu m. God. [L. deum.] difficile adj difficult, hard. [L. d ffici/em ] difficult* /. difficulty. [L.] dimanche m. Lord's day, Sunday [L, dominicam, of the Lord ] diner v. dine, [ ?] diner m. dinner, [inf. of diner.] dire v. (irr 9 ; p. 155) say, tell ; name, appoint. [L. dicere.] disparaitre v. (irr. 18) disappear, vanish, [dis and paraitre.] divers adj. diverse, different, vari- ous. [L. diver sum.] *dix (816, 85c) num. ten. [L. de- cern.] *dix-huit (816) num. eighteen, [dix and huit.] *dix-huitieme (816) num. eigh- teenth, [fr. dix-huit.] *dixieme (81c) num. tenth, [fr. dix.] *dix-neuf (816) num. nineteen, [dix and neuf.] *dix-sept (816) num. seventeen, [dix and sept.] domestique adj. domestic : as noun, domestic, servant. [L. domes- ticum.] done adv. then ; therefore, conse- quently ; pray, do (with impv.). [L. ad tunc] donner v. donate, give, bestow. [L. donare.] dont adv. pron. (XXVI. 7) whence ; of whom, whose. [L. de unde. ] dormir v. (irr. 43) sleep. [L. dor- mire. ] double adj. double. [L. du- plum ] doucement adv. sweetly, softly, mildly, [fr. doux.] douter v. doubt, question (about, de): se . . . de, suspect. [L. dubu tare.] doux adj. (VII. 8) sweet, soft,, pleasant. [L. dulccm.] douzaine /. dozen, twelve or so. [fr. douze.] douze num. twelve. [L. duodecim.] douzieme num. twelfth, [fr. douze.] drap m. cloth. [?] droit adj. direct, straight, right : adv. (XXXI. 9) straight, direct ly. [L. directum.] droit m. right. [L. directum.] durant prep, during, pending, [pple of durer, L. durare.] eau/. water. [L. aquam.] echauffer v. warm, heat : s' ..., be- come warm or hot, grow excited, [fr. L. calcfacere.] 214 FRENCH-ENGLISH eclore v. (irr. 28) unclose,open,bud, hatch. |L. ex and claudere.] ecole f. school. [L. sclwlam, fr. Or.] ecouter v. listen to, hear. [L. aus- cvltare.] eerier v. s' . . ., cry out, exclaim. [e- (L. ex) and crier, cry.] ecrire v. {irr. 12) write. [L. scri- bere.] Edouard m. Edward, effet m. effect, result : en effet, in fact, indeed, really, to be sure. [L. effectuM.] eglise /. church. [L. ecclesiarn, , fr. Gr.] Egypte/. Egypt. eleve m. one brought up, pupil. [fr. elever.] elever v. raise, elevate ; bring up, educate : s' . . ., rise, arise, go up. [L. elevare.] Elisabeth/. Elizabeth, elle pron. she ; it. [L. illam ] *emmener (53a) v. lead away, carry off. [en (L. inde) and mener.] *-emment (26a) adv. ending emouvoir v. {irr. 76) touch with emotion, move, agitate. [L. emovere.] empereur in. emperor. [L. impe- ratorem.] empire m. empire. [L . im perium . ] employer v. employ. [L. impli- care. ] en adv. pron. (XXIII. 5-8) thence, away ; of it, of them, of him or her ; its, their ; in respect to or about it or them ; some or any (XXIII. 7); one or ones. [L. inde.] en prep. (VI. 1") in, at, on ; to, into ; in the act or course of, while (X. 3c) ; in character of, as, like. [L. in.] encore (or encor) adv. to this time, yet, still ; further, in addition, besides, more, again : encore que, although, even though. [L. lianc horamj] encre /. ink. [L. encaustum, en- caustic, fr. Gr.] endormir v (irr. 43) put to sleep s' . . ., fall asleep, go to sleep. [L. indormire.] enfant m. (and f.) child. [L. in- fantem, infant.] enfin adv. in fine, at the end, at last, finally, [en and fin.] ennemi in. ennemie/. enemy. [L. inimicum.'] *ennuyer (58<7) v. weary, bore : s' . . ., be wearied or bored or tired, [fr. ennui, L. in odio.] *ennuyeux (52a) adj. wearisome, tedious, [fr. ennui.] enorme adj. enormous, immense. [L en or mem.'] ensemble adv. together, at the same time, in company or union. [L. in simul.] ensuite adv. in the next place, next, afterward, then, [en and suite, succession.] entendre v. hear ; attend to, under- stand : s' . . . a, understand about, be a judge of. [L. in- tendered] entre prep, between, among : d'en- tre, from among. [L. inter.] entreprendre v. {irr. 30) undertake, [entre and prendre, take.] envers prep, toward, [en and vers, toward.] envoyer v. (irr. 81) send, despatch. [L. in via re ] epaule /. shoulder. [L. spatu- lam.] Espagne/. Spain. esperance/. hope. [fr. esperer.] esperer v. hope. [L. sperare.] espoir in. hope. [fr. esperer.] esprit m. spirit, soul ; mind, in- tellect ; wit, cleverness, bright ness. [L. spirit vm.] essayer v. try, make trial or essay of, attempt, [fr. essai, L. ex- aqium] *est (76a) m. east. [G.] *estomac (58//) m. stomach. [L., fr. Gr.] et (86a) conj. and : et . . . et, both . . . and. [L. et.] etc, (et csetera) and so forth. [L.] YOCABULAKY TO THE EXERCISES. 215 ete to. summer. [L. osstatem.'] etre v. (irr., p. 62) be ; as auxil., be, have (XXVIII. 6-8) ; go : c'est que, the thing or fact or reason is ; etre a, belong to ; y etre, be up to anything, understand ; en etre, be with respect to things, be at a point. [L. stare, esse. ] etre to. being, creature ; exist- ence ; essence, characteristic, [inf. of etre.] Europe/. Europe, eux pron. them. [L. illos.~] excellent adj. excellent, [fr. ex- celler, L. excellere.~\ extreme adj. extreme. [L.] extremement adv. extremely, [fr. extreme.] fabricant to. manufacturer, maker, [pple of fabriquer, L. fabricari.] fabrique/. factory. [L. fabricam, workshop.] facher v. offend, disturb, fash, anger : se . . ., be offended or dis- turbed, be angry, [fr. L. fasti- dium, aversion.] facile adj. easy. [L. facilem.'] facilement adv. easily, [fr. facile.] faible adj. feeble, weak. [L. fie- bilem, pitiful.] faillir v. {irr. 50) fail, come short ; come just short, be close upon or near to, just miss of. [L. fallere, deceive.] faim to. hunger, famine : avoir faim, be hungry (XIII. 6). [L. famem.] faire v. (irr. 23, p. 150) make, do, act ; cause, make (XXXII. 9o) ; be (of weather) (XXXII. 9a); put in order, fix : se . . . a, ac- custom or reconcile one's self to ; en etre fait, be all over ; bien fait, well shaped, shapely, of good figure ; faire voir, show, exhibit, [lu.facere.] fait (76 ') m. feat, deed, action, ex- ploit, [pple of faire.] falloir v. (irr. 74, p. 141) imperii. be obliged, must, have to ; be lacking, need, want- peu s'en faut, there is little lacking. [L. fallere, deceive, j famille /. family, [h. familiam.] fatiguer v. fatigue, tire, weary : se . . ., be tired or weary. [L. fatigare.] faute /. lack, deficiency, fault : faut de, for lack of, in default of. [fr. faillir.] *femme (26a)/. woman, wife : . . . de cbambre, see chambre. [L. femi)iam.~\ fenetre/ window. [L.fenestram.] ferme/. farm. [fr. fermer, L. fir- mare, make firm.] fermier to. fermiere/. farmer, [fr. ferme, noun.] feu w. fire. [L. focum.] feuille /. leaf, sheet. [L. folia, leaves.] fevrier to. February. [L.] fier v. confide : se . . . a, trust one's self to, trust. [L. fidere.] *fil (Q8d) to. thread. [L. filum.~\ fille/. daughter, girl. [Jj.filiam.] *fils (68c, 74d) to. son. [L. filius. ] fin /. end, finis : a la fin, in the end, at length ; sans fin, without end, to all eternity ; afin, see the word. [L. finem.~] fin adj. fine, delicate, elegant. [L. finitum, finished.] finir v. finish, bring to an end : en finir, make a finish or close. [L. finire.] fleur/ flower. [L. florem.] fleurir v. (XIX. 3£) flourish, [fr. fleur.] fleuve to. river. [L. fluvium.] fois /. time (successive), turn in succession : a la fois, at the same time, at once. [L. vicem . ] force /. force, strength, might, power : a force de, by dint or means of. [L. fortia, strong.] fort adj. strong : adv. strongly, atly, much, very much, very. 'L.fortem.'] fourcbette/. fork. [fr. Jj.furca.'] frais, fraicbe (VII. 8) adj. fresh. [fr. G.] s 216 FRENCH-ENGLISH franc, tranche (VII. 6ft) adj. frank, free; prepaid, [fr. G.] franc in. franc (piece of money). [fr. inscription Francorum rex, king of the French.] francais adj. French, [fr. France.] France/. France, franchement adv. frankly. [fr. franc] Francois m. Francis, Frank. Fran%.] joliment adv. prettily, [fr. joli.] jouer v. play. [L.jocari.] jouet m. plaything, toy. [fr. jouer.] jour m. day; daylight, light : faire jour (XXXII. 9a), be daylight. [L. diurnum.] journal m. journal, daily paper, newspaper. [L. diurnalem.] juillet m. July. [L. julium.] juin m. June. [L. junium.] Jules m. Julius. Julie/. Julia, jusque adv. as far as, all the way 218 FRENCH-ENGLISH jusqu'a, all the way to, as far as, clear to ; jusqu'a ce que, until ; jusqu'ou, how far ? [L. de and usque.] juste adj. just, correct, suitable ; exact, precise : au juste, precise- ly, exactly. [L. juxt u m . ] juste adv. exactly, correctly, in tune. [= juste adj : XXXI. 9.] la art. pron. the ; her, it. [L. il- ium.] la adv. (XIII. 3, XXIV.) there : de la, from there, thence ; p ar la, that way, by that route [L. HUie.] la-bas "dr. down there, over there. yonder ; in the other world [la and bas.] laborieux adj. laborious, industri- ous. [L. labti'ioxifiH ] la-dessus adv. thereupon, with re- gard to that, in that respect. tla and dessus.] laid adj. ugly, homely, [fr. G., = Eng. loathe.'] laine. f. wool. [L. lanam.] laisser v leave, quit, abandon ; let, leave, allow, permit, cause ; leave off (from, de), omit, fail, fall short of. [L. laxare.] lait m. milk. [L. Lac] langue/. tongue; language, speech: tirer la langue, thrust out the longue, make faces or grimaces. [L. linguam.] lai_,eur /. breadth, width, [fr. 1-rge, L. largvm.] le art. pron. the ; -him, it ; so (XXIII. 3e). [L. ?/lum.] lecon /. lesson. [L. leationem.] leger adj. light, nimble, lively ; frivolous, empty, [fr. L levin.] legume m. vegetable, pot-herb. IL. leg amen.] lendemain m. morrow, following day. [le, en, and demain.] lent adj. slow, tardy. [L. lentum. lentement adv. slowly, [fr. lent. lequel pron. (XXV. 5, XXVI. 4-7) which one, who, that, [le and quel.] les art. pron. the ; them. [L. Mas, Mas.] lettre/. letter. [L. literam.] leur pron. to them ; their, theirs (XIV. 1, 3, XXVII. 1). [L. illo- rum.] lever v. raise, lift : se . . ., rise, get up. [L. levare.] libre adj. free, at liberty. [L. Uberum.] lieu m. place : avoir lieu, take place, happen ; tenir lieu de, take the place of, serve as ; au lieu de, instead of. [L. lor inn. \ lire v. (irr. 11) read, peruse. [L. Icgere] ^lis (74d) m. lily. [L. lilivm.] lit m. bed, couch. [L. tectum.'] livre m. book. [L. libriim.] livre /. pound ; livre (piece or amount of money, nearly = franc). [L. Ubram. \ loi /. law. [L. legem.] loin adv. far, to or at a distance : loin de, far from ; loin que, far from its being the case that. [L. longe.] Londres m. London, long adj. (VII. 6b) long ; a long story, lengthy, tedious : le long de, the length of, along. [L. Ion gum.] longtemps adv. for a long time, for a great while, long, [long and temps.] longuement adv. at length, length- ily, [fr. long.] longueur/, length, [fr. long.] lors adv. then : lors de, at the time of [L. ilia hora, at that hour.] lorsque conj. at the time that, when, as. [lors and que.] 1 louer v. let out, lend, hire. [L. I oca re.] 2 louer v. praise. [L. laudare.] Louis m. Lewis, Louis. louis m. louis, louis d'or (piece of money, of 20 or 24 francs), [fr. Louis, name of king.] Louise/. Louisa. lui pron. him ; to him or her. [L. Mi huic] Vocabulary to the exekcises. 219 luire v. (irr. 5) shine. [L lucere.~\ lumiere /. light ; pi. lights, en- lightenment, intelligence and knowledge. [fr. L. lumen, ' Hght.] lundi m. Monday. [L. lunce diem, moon's day.] Lyon in. Lyons. madame sing, mesdames pi. (XIV. 4) /. my lady, the lady, madam, Mrs. [ma and dame.] mademoiselle sing mesdemoiselles pi. /. my young lady, the young lady, Miss, [ma and demoiselle, damsel.] magasin m. magazine, store, shop, [fr. Arabic] mai in. May. [L. malum.] main /. hand : a la main, in the hand ; entre les mains, between or into the hands, into the charge. [L. manum.] maintenant adv. now, at present, [pple of maintenir, maintain, fr. main and tenir, keep in hand.] mais ronj. but [L. mag in, more.] *mais (1M) m. maize, Indian corn. [Indian word ] maison /. house, mansion : a la maison, in the house, at home. [L. mansionem.] maitre m. master, owner, ruler, teacher : maitre chanteur, mas- ter or chief singer. [L. magis- trum.] maitresse /. mistress, owner, di- rector, [fern, to maitre.] mal adv. badly, ill. [L. male.] mal m. evil, ill, harm, hurt, pain, disease : avoir mal a (XIII. 6a) have pain or ache in. [L. ma- lum.] malade adj. sick, ill : as noun, sick person, patient. [L. male apt urn.] malgre prep, in spite of, notwith- standing, [fr. L. malum gratum.] malheur in. unhappiness, misfor- tune, [fr. L. malum augurium.] maiheureux adj. unfortunate, un- happy, [fr. malheur. J malle /. trunk, mail. [fr. G.] manche m. f. handle ; sleeve, [fr. L. man us, hand.] manchette /. cuff. [fr. manche.] manger v. eat. [L. manducare, chew.] maniere /. manner, way, method : de maniere, in such a way, in such wise, so ; de . . . que, so that. [fr. L. maims, hand.] manteau m. mantle, cloak. [L. maniellum.] marchand m. dealer, retail mer- chant, shopkeeper, [fr. L. mer- cari.] marche in. market : bon marche 'or a bon marche, in a favorable market, cheaply, cheap. [L. mercatum.] marcher v. march, walk, advance, get on, make progress. [?] mardi m. Tuesday. [L. mariis diem, day of Mars.] mari m. husband. [L. maritnm.] mariage in. marriage, [fr. marier.] Marie/. Mary, Maria. marier v. marry, give in marriage : se . . ., get married, marry. [L. maritare. ] Marguerite/. Margaret. *mars (74rf) m. March. [L. mar- tin m.] *mat (76'/) adj. dull, dead ; check- mated, [fr. G. matt.] matelot m. sailor. [?] matin m. morning : de grand or bon matin, very early. [L. ma- tucinum.] maudire v. (irr. 10) curse, accurse. [L. maledicere.] mauvais adj. bad, evil, wicked, naughty, wrong [?] me pron. me, to me. [L. me.] mechant adj. wicked, bad, evil, malicious, mischievous. [fr. meschoir, L. minus cadere, turn out ill.] meconnaitre r>. (irr. 18) misunder- stand, misappreciate. [me-, mis-, and connaitre, know.] mecontent adj. ill-content, dissatis- fied, [me-, mis-, and content.] no MEKCH-EKGLISBt Mediterranee /. Mediterranean (sea). meilleur adj. (IX. 3) better : le meilleur, best. [L. meliorem.] meme adj. self, -self (XXIII. 3c) ; self-same, same, very ; as adv. even : de meme, in the same man- ner, all the same. [fr. L. semet ipsissimum, very own self.] mener v. lead, conduct, take. [L. minar e, drive.] -ment adv. ending (XXXI. 2) =-ly. [L. mente, with mind.] mentir v. (irr. 41) lie, tell a lie, speak falsely. [L. mentiri.] merf. sea. [L. mare.] merci m. gratitude, thanks. [L. mercedem, recompense ] mercredi m. Wednesday. [L mer- curii diem, Mercury's day.] mere/, mother. [L. matrem.] mesdames, see madame. *messieurs, see monsieur. metre m. meter, (a little more than a) yard. [L. metrvm. fr. Gr.] mettre v. (irr. 31) put, place, set : mettre a, put in a state of, re- duce or drive to ; mettre a la porte, turn out of doors ; se . . . a, set one's self at, begin, com mence. [L. mittere, send.] Mexique m. Mexico. midi m. midday, noon, twelve o'clock. [L. medium diem.] mien adj. (XXVII. 1) mine. [fr. L. meum.] mieux adv. (XXXI. 8) better ; more : le mieux, best ; aimer mieux, like better, prefer ; de son mieux, one's best or utmost, the best one can. [L. melius.] *mil (68c?), see mille. milieu m. middle, midst. [L. medium locum, mid place.] *mille (68/), *mil (XV. 7) num. thousand. [L. mille.] *mille (68/) / mile. [L. millia, thousand (paces).] million m. million, [fr. mille.] minuit m. midnight, twelve o'clock at night, [fr. L. median noctcm.] minute/, minute, moment, sixtieth of an hour. [L. minutam, small, minute.] moderement adv. moderately, [fr. modere, pple of moderer.] modeste adj. modest. [L.] modestement adv. modestly, [fr. modeste.] moi pron. me, to me, I. [L. me.] moindre adj. (IX. 3) less : le moin- dre, least. [L. mi nor em.] moins adv. (XXXI 8) less, the less (XXXIV. 3) : le moins, least; au or du moins, at least, at any rate ; a moins de, short of, with- out ; a moins que, unless. [L. minus.] mois m. month. [L. mensem.] moitie / moiety, half. [L. medi- etatem.] moment m. moment, instant. [L.] mon, ma, mes pron. (XIV. 1) my. [L. meum.] monde m. world ; company, so- ciety, set, audience : tout le monde, everybody. [L. mun- dmn.] *monsieur (18rZ. 73c) sing. *mes- sieurs (73c) pi. m. (XIV. 4) the gentleman, sir, Mr., Messrs. [mon and sieur, L. seniorem.] montagne / mountain. [L. mon- tan emu] monter v. mount, ascend, climb, rise ; get on to (a horse, etc.) ; go upstairs, [fr. L. mon tern, mountain.] montrer v. show, set forth, ex- hibit. [L. mo i. st rare.] moquer v. mock : se . . . de, deride, scoff, ridicule, make fun vr game of. [?] morceau m. bit, morsel, sm.i]l piece, extract, [fr. L. morsuin, pple of mordere. bite.] mort / death. [L. mortem.] mort adj. dead ; as noun, dead person, corpse [pple of mourir.] mot m. word, term, expression, utterance. [LL. muttum, fr ?| mouchoir m. handkerchief, [fr. moucher, fr. LL. muccare, fr. mucus, mucus.] VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 221 moarir v. (irr. 62) die, decease. [L. mori.] mouvoir v. (irr. 76) move. [L. movere.] moyenner v. mediate, bring about : moyennant, by means of, in con- sideration of. [fr. moyen, means, fr. L. medianum.] music. [L., fr. Gr ] naitre v. {irr. 20) be born, come into being or existence, spring up, arise. [L. nasci.] nappe /. table cloth. [L. mappam.~] nation/, nation. [L.] ne adv. not. [L. non.] neanmoins adv. nevertheless, [ne- ant, nothing (fr. L. ne ens), and moins.] *net (76'/) adj. neat, clean, fair. [L. nitidum.] nettement adv. neatly, clearly, dis- tinctly, [fr. net.] nettoyer v. make neat or clean, clean, put in order, [fr. net.] nevLladj. new, fresh [L. novum.] neuf (61a, 85c) num. nine. [L. novem.] neuvieme num. ninth, [fr. neuf num.] neveu m. nephew. [L. nepotem.] nez m. nose. [L. naxum.] ni adv. (XII. 5) neither, nor. [L. nee.]. niece /. niece. [L. neptiam.] noir adj. black. [L. nigrum.] nom vi. name ; reputation, char acter, note. [L. nornen.] nombre m. number ; great number of, many : sans nombre, num- berless, innumerable. [L. nu- meric tn.] nommer v name, call or mention byname. [L= nominare] non adv. not , no •. non plus, not any more, either. [L. non.] nord m. north, [fr. G.] Norvege/. Norway. notre, nos pron (XIV. 1) our. [L. nostrum.] notre pron. (XXVII. 1) ours. [L. nostrum .1 nous pron. we, us, to us. [L. nos.] nouveau, nouvel adj. (VII. 7) new, recent, novel, new-fashioned. [L. novellum.] novembre m. November. [L.] nuire v. (irr. 4) injure, harm, do hurt (to, a). [L. nocere.] nuit /. night. [L. noctem.) nul pron. not any, none, no ; no one ; null, of no value or effect : nulle part, nowhere. [L. nul- lum.] nullement adv. in no wise, not at all. [fr. nul.] obeir v. be obedient (to, a), obey. [L. obedire.] obtenir v. {irr. 61) obtain. [L. ob- tinere.] octante num. (XV. 3a) eighty. [L. octaginta.] octobre m. October. [L.] oeil 7>i. (yeux pi.) eye. [L. oculum.] oeuf m. (*oeufs [61a] pi.) egg. [L. ovum.] offrir v. (irr. 53) offer, set before, present : s' . . ., make offer of one's self, offer, [fr. L. offer re.] oh inter j. oh ! ah ! *oignon (43a) m. onion. [L. unio- n em.] oiseau m. bird. [LL. avicellum, fr. avis, bird.] on pron. (XXVII. 4) one, people, they. [OF. horn, L. hominern.] oncle m uncle. [L. avunculum.] onze (64f) num. eleven. [L. un- decim.] onzieme (64/) num. eleventh, [fr. onze.] or adv. conj. now. [LJior am, hour.] or m. gold. [L. aurum.] ordinairement adv. ordinarily, usu- ally, [fr. ordinaire, L. ordina- num.] oreille /. ear. [L. auricula7n ] orphelin m. orpheline / orphan, orphaned, [fr, L. orphanus.] oser v. dare. [fr. L. audere.] oter v. take away, take off, remove [?, =Eng. oust.] m FKENCH-ENGLISH ou conj. or ; ou . . . ou, either . . . or. [L. aut.] Ou adv. pron. (XXVI. 8) where ? where ; to or at or in which : d'oil, from where, whence ; par ou, by what way or route ; ou que, wherever. [L. ubi.~\ oublier v. forget, [fr. L. oMMsti.~\ *ouest (76a) m. west. [G.] oui (64/) adv. yes. [L. hoc Mud, that same.] ouir v. (irr. 49) hear. [L. audire.] *ours (74d) m. ourse /. bear. [L. ursum."] *outil (68c) m. tool, instrament. [fr. L. uti, use.] outre prep, beyond ; besides. |L. ultra.] ouvrage m. work, labor ; result of labor, product, work. [fr. ou- vrer, L. operari.] ouvrier m. ouvriere /. worker, la- borer, workman or workwoman. [L. operarium.] ouvrir ®. (irr. 55) open ; open the door. [L. aperire.] page/, page (of a book). [L. pa- ginam.\ pain m. bread : petit pain, roll, biscuit. [L. panem.] panier m. basket. [L. panarium, for bread.] *paon (31a) m. peacock. [L. pavo- nem.] papier m. paper. [L. papyrum ] paquet m. packet, package, parcel. [fr. G.] par prep, by, through, by means of : par ou, by what route or way. [L. per. ] paraitre (v. irr. 18) appear, be visi- ble, show one's self ; seem. [L. parescere.] parce que conj. because, for the reason that, [par ce, by this.] par-dessus adv. above, over and above, beyond, [par and dessus.] pardon m. pardon, forgiveness. [fr. pardonner, LL. perdonare ,~\ parent m. relative, parent. [L. parentem.] paresseux adj. idle, lazy. [fr. pa resse, L. pigritiaw, laziness.] parfaitement adv. perfectly, [fr. parfait, L. peifectitm.] Paris m. Paris. parler v. speak, talk, discourse, [fr. parole.] parmi prep, among. [L. per me- dium, through the midst.] parole /. word ; speech, language, [fr. L. parabo'am, fr. Gr.] part / part, portion, share ; side ; concern : a part, aside, apart ; de la part de, on the part of, in the name of, on behalf of, as from ; pour ma (etc.) part, for my (etc.) part, so far as I (etc.) am concerned ; autre or quelque or nulle part, elsewhere or some- where or nowhere ; prendre part, take a part, share ; se donner part, make one's self a sharer, assume a share. [L. partem.] parti m. division, party, side ; de- termination, resolution, [fr. par- tir.] partant adv. accordingly, hence, [par and tant.] partie/. part, portion, share, [fr. partir.] partir v. (irr. 38) set out, start, go away, leave, depart. [L. partite, divide.] partout adv. everywhere, [par and tout.] parvenir v. (irr. 60) arrive, attain, reach one's object, succeed. [L. pervenire.] pas m. step, pace ; footstep, track. [L. pass a m.~\ pas adv. (with ne) not (XII. ). [same as pas, noun.] passer v. pass, go on or by or through ; spend : se . . . , take place, occur, happen ; se . . . de, dispense with, do without, forego, [probably fr. pas.] patrie /. one's own country, father- land. [L. pntriam.] pauvre adj. (VIII. 5c) poor, needy, pitiful, miserable. [L. pavpe rem.] VOCABULARY TO THE EX EXCISES. n% *pays (37 ') in. country, laud : Pays-Bas, Low Countries, Neth- erlands. [L. pagensem, fr. pa- gus, village.] *paysan (37a) m. peasant, [fr.pays.] peche/. peach, \h.ptidcum, Per- sian.] peche/. fishing, [fr. pecher, fish, L. piscari.] peche m. sin, trespass. [L. pecca- tnm.] peindre v. {lit. 16) paint. [L. pingere.] peine /. pain, distress, grief, anx- iety ; trouble, difficulty ; pen- alty : a peine, with difficulty, hardly, scarcely, but just. [L. pee nam.] peintre m. painter. [L. pictor.~\ peinture /. painting. [L. pictu- ram.] pendant prep, during, pending : pendant que, during the time that, while, [pple of pendre, L. pendere, hang.] penser v. think : penser a, think on or of, turn one's thoughts to ; penser de, think about, have an opinion of. [L. pensare, fr. 1-endere, hang.] perdre v. lose ; ruin, undo. [L. perdere.] pere m. father. [L. pat rem. 1 perir v. perish, go to destruction. [L. per ire.] pcrmettre v. (in: 31) permit, allow. IL. permittere.] personne /. person, individual ; own self : with ne iXII. 4), no- body, no one, not any one. [L. personam.] persuader v. persuade, convince. [L.] petit adj. little, small, petty : as noun, little one, child, boy or girl. [?] petit-fils m. grandson, [petit and fils.] peu adv. (and as noun, m ) little, not much, not very ; few : peu a peu, little by little, by degrees ; a peu pres, within a little, al- most nearly; pour peu que, how ever little ; tant soit peu, ever so little, slightly. [L. paucum.] peuple m. people. [L. populum.] peur /. fear, fright, terror; avoii peur (XIII. 6), feel fear, be afraid ; faire peur, cause fear, frighten ; de peur de, for fear of ; de peur que . . . ne, for fear that or lest. [L. pavorem.] peut-etre ode. may be, perhaps, [fr. il peut (pouvoir) etre.] pied m. foot : a pied, on foot. [L. pedem.] pierre /. stone. [L. petram, fr, Gr.] pire adj. (IX. 3) worse. [L. pejo- rem.] pis adv. (XXXI. 8) worse. [L. pejus] place /. place, room, stead ; forti- fied place, stronghold. [L. plat earn, fr. Gr.] plaindre v. (irr. 15) weep over, la- ment, pity : se . . ., complain ; lament. [L. plangere.] plaire v. (irr. 24) please, be pleas- ing or give pleasure : plut a Dieu, would to God. [L. pla- eere.] plaisir m. pleasure : faire plaisir, cause or give pleasure, gratify, [old inf., =plaire.] plat m. dish, plate, [fr. G., =flat] plein adj. full. [L. plenum.'] pleinement adv. fully, [fr. plein.] pleurs m. pi. tears, cries, weeping, [fr. pleurer.] pleurer v. lament, shed tears, weep. [L. plorare.] pleuvoir v. (Irr. 71) rain. [L. phiere.] pluie /. rain. [L. pluviam.] plume/, feather, pen, plume. [L. plumam.] plupart /. greater part, majority : la plupart de (with art., V. 46), most of, most, [plus and part.] plus adv. (IX. 1", XXXI. 8) more ; the more (XXXIY. 3); {with ne) no longer, no further, no more ; m i-RENCIT-ENULIKll de plus, moreover, besides, fur- ther. [L. plus.] plusieurs pron. pi. several, [fr. plus.] plutot adv. sooner, rather, by pref- erence : plutot que de {with inf.), rather than. [plus an d tot. J poche /. pocket, [fr. G.] poeme in. poem. [L., fr. Gr.] poesie/. poesy, poetry. [L., fr. Gr.] poete in. poet. [L., fr. Gr.] point m. point, dot, spot : a point, at the right point, in due time ; {with ne) not, not at all, by no means. [L. punctum.] poire /. pear. [L. pirum.] pois in. pea. [L. pisum.] poisson in. fish. [fr. L. pieces.] poivre in. pepper. [L. piper.] pomme /. apple : pomme de terre, potato. [L. pom inn.] porte /. door, gate. [L. portam.] porter v. carry, bear, convey ; wear ; reach, extend : se . . ., carry one's self, be (in respect to health). [L. portare.] portrait m. portrait, [fr. L. pro- trahere.] poste /. post, post-office, [fr. L. posita.] poule /. fowl, hen. [L. pvllain.] *pouls (67a) in. pulse. [L. pul- sum.] pour prep, for, on account of. for the sake of, in favor of ; in or- der to, to ; as : pour que, in order that. [L. pro.] pourquoi adv. conj. for what, why. [pour and quoi.] pouisuivre v. (irr. 33) pursue, fol- low, follow out, continue. [L. prosequi.] pourtant adv. for all that, yet, still, nevertheless, [pour and tant ] pourvoir v. (irr. 69) provide : pour- vu que, provided that, provided. [L. provider e.] pouvoir v. (irr. 75, p. 119) be able, have power, can ; may, might (XXV. 8/): il se peut, etc. (XXV. 8/), it is possible, etc. [L. pos.se.] pouvoir m. power, [inf. of pou- voir.] premier adj. first. [L. primarivm ] preudre v. (irr. 30) take, take i p, seize, take hold of, capture : s'y . . ., set one's self about some- thing, proceed, manage ; s'en . . . a, lay the blame on, impute, find fault with, come back upon ; prendre garde, beware. [L. pie- In ndere ] preparer v. prepare, make ready. [L.] pres adv. prep, near, next : presde, near, near by, next to. [L. pressum.] presence /. presence. [L.] present adj. present : a present, at present, now. [L.] presque adv. almost, nearly, [pres and que.] pret adj. ready, prepared. [LL. praistmn.] pretre in. priest. [L. presbyierum , fr. Gr.] prime adj. first. [L. primxim.] probable adj. probable. [L. proba- bile in.] probablement adv. probably, [fr. probable.] prochain adj. next, next following or to come. [fr. proche.] proche adj. near (to, de). [L. pro- pi ' u in.] profiter v. profit (by, de), take or get advantage, [fr. profit, fr. L. profectum.] projet in. project, plan. [L. pro- jection.] promener v. lead forth, take <>r send about : se . . ., take a walk. [L. promiiune.] promettre v. (irr. 31) promise. [L. promillere.] propre adj. own ; very ; suitable ; nice, clean : amour propre, self- love. [L. propriurn.] proteger v protect. [L. protecere.] *prudernment (26a) adv prudently, [fr. prudent.] Vocabulary to the exercises. 225 prudence/, prudence. [L.] prudent adj. prudent, discreet. [L. prudentem.] Prusse/. Prussia, public adj. public. [L. publi- cum.'] public m. public, [same as adj ] puis adv. then, next, thereafter. [L. post.] puisque conj. since, because, as. [puis and que.] punir v. punish. [L. punire.] Pyrenees /. Pyrenees (mountains). quand adv. conj. when ; if, sup- posing that. [L. quando.] quant pron. how much or many : quant a, as for, as regards, in respect to. [L. quantum.] quarantaine /. two score, some forty, [fr. quarante.] quarante num. forty. [L. quad- raginta.] quart num. fourth : as noun, quar- ter, fourth part. [L. quartum.] quatorze num. fourteen. [L. qua- iuordecim.] quatre num. four. [L. quatuor.] quatre-vingts num. four twenties, four-score, eighty, [quatre and vingt.J quatrieme num. fourth, [fr. qua- tre.] que pron. : interrog. (XXV. 4) what, which ; relat. (XXVI. 2) which, that, whom ; what ; after qui, quoi, etc., ever ; sometimes expletive; ce que (XXVI. 10), that which, what. [L. quern, quam, quod, quid.] que adv. how, why {interrog., re- lat., exclam.). [L. quam, quod.] que conj. that ; sign of subj. (VIII. 76) ; making conj. phrases, XXXIV. 5 ; in order that ; que . . . ne, unless, until ; que in com- parison (IX. 4), than, as ; after quelque etc. , ever : ne . . . que (XII. 5), only. [L. quod, quam.] quel pron. (XIII. 4) what, what a, which : quel que, whatever. [L. quale?n] 15 quelconque pron. whatever, what soever, of some sort. [L. qua- lemcunque.] quelque pron. (XIV. 6) some ; about, nearly, some : quelque chose, something, anything ; quelque . . . que, whatever, how- ever ; quelque part, somewhere. [L. qualemquam.] quelquefois adv. sometimes, [quel- que and fois.] quelqu'un pron. (XXVII. 5) some one, somebody, some people, some, [quelque and un.] qui pron.: interrog. (XXV.) who, whom, what ; relat. (XXVI.) who, whom, that, which ; who- ever, any one who, what : qui que, whoever. [L. qui.] quiconque pron. (XXVI. 9) who- ever, any one who. [L. quicum- que.) quint nvm. fifth ; fifth part (XVI. 4c). [L. quintum.] quinze num. fifteen. [L. quinde- cim.] quinzieme num. fifteenth. [fr. quinze.] qxLoipron.: interrog. (XXV.) what, relat. (XXVI. 6) what, which ; exclam. (XXV. 4c) what ! quoi que, whatever ; de quoi, where- with, the means (XXVI. 6^). [L. quid.] quoique conj. (XXXIV. 1") though, although, [quoi and que.] ragout m. stew, ragout. [fr. re and agouter, fr. gout, taste. J raison /. reason, sense ; motive, cause ; ratio, proportion ; jus- tice, right : a raison, rightly ; avoir raison (XIII. 6a), be right, have the right of it. [L. ra- tionem.] ramener v. bring back. [fr. ame- ner.] rappeler v. (XXI. 3c) recall, call back, [re and appeler.] recevoir v. (irr. 65) receive. [L. recipere.] 226 FRENCH-ENGLISH recit in. recital, narrative, story, tale. |fr. rafter, L. redtare.] reconnaitre c. {irr. 18) know again, recognize, [re and connaitre.] redacteur in. editor, [fr. L. re- daction, put in shape. | reine /. queen : reine-mere, queen- mother, king's mother. [L. reginam.~\ remettre v. {irr. 31) put hack, put again, set again ; hand over, consign : se . . . a, begin w com mence again, [re and mettre.] remuer v. move. stir. [L. remu- tare.~\ rencontrer v. meet, fall in with, [re and encontrer, encounter, fr. contro, against.] rendre v. render, return, give back, restore ; make, cause to be ; give, pay, do. [L. reddere. ] rentrer r. re-enter, go back in. [re and entrer.J renvoyer n. (irr. 81) send back. [re and envoyer.] repentir v.: se . . ., repent, [fr. L. repmnitere. ] repondre v. respond, reply, answer ; . . . de, be answerable or respon- sible for, warrant. [L. respon- dere. ] reprendre v. {irr. 30) take again, resume, recover ; begin again, go on to say. [re and prendre.] republique/ republic. [L.] resoudre ». (in: 36) resolve. [L. resolvere.] rester v. remain, be left, stay, con- tinue. [L. restored] retenir v. {irr. 61) hold back, re tain, restrain. [L. retinere. | retirer v. draw back, draw, derive : se . . ., draw one's self back, withdraw, retire, retreat, [re and tirer.] retourner v. return, turn back or the other way : se . . ., turn around or back ; sen . . ., go or come back, return, [re and tourner.] retrouver v. find again, [re and trouver.] reussir v. succeed (in, a), [re and ussir, L. ixire.] revenir v. {irr. 60) come back, re- turn. [L. revenue.'] rcvetir v. {irr. 51) put on again, clothe one's self in, put on. [re and vetir.] revoir v. {irr. 67) see again ; re- view. [L. render e.] Rhin 'in. Rhine (river). *rbum (51 b) m. rum. [fr. Eng- lish.] riche adj. rich. [fr. G.] rien pron. (with ne : XII. 4) not anything, nothing ; anything : rien qu'a or rien que de,,merely by, by nothing but. [L. rem.] rire v. (irr 13) laugh. [L. ridere.] rire m. laugh, [inf. of rire.] robe/ dress, frock, [fr. G.] roi vi. king. [L. regem.] roman m. romance, novel, [fr. L. romanvs.] rompre r. (XX. Zb) break, burst. [L. rumpere.] rose/', rose. [L. romm.] rouge adj. red. [L. rubenm.~\ royaume in. kingdom, realm, [fr. roi.] ruban in. ribbon. [?] rue /. street. [LL. rvgam, fur- row.] Russie/. Russia. saisir v. seize, take hold of. [LL. mic ire. fr. G.] salle/. hall, room ; fencing -school : salle a manger, dining-room, [fr. G., =Germ. sn til.] salon in. saloon, large room, par- lor, [fr. salle. 1 samedi in. Saturday. [L. sabbaii diem, day of sabbath (He- brew).] sans prep, without ; apart from, but for : sans que conj. (XXXIV. 5b) without that, without, un- less. [L. sine.] savant adj. knowing, wise, learn- ed ; as novn, scientific man, scholar, [old pple of savoir.] savoir v. (irr. 77 ; p. 159) know ; VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 227 know as, know to be ; (imtli inf) know how. [L. sapere.] *sculpter (71a) v. sculpture, cut or carve in stone, [fr. L. sculpere.] *sculpteur (71a) m. sculptor. [L.] ^sculpture (71a) f. sculpture. [L.] se pron. (XXIII. 4; XXIX. 2) one's sell [L. se.] *second (58/) num. second. [L. secundum.] *seconde (58/)/. second, sixtieth of a minute, [same as num.] *seconder (58/) v. second, stand by, support, [fr. second.] Seine / Seine (French river run- ning through Paris). seize num. sixteen. [L. sedecim ] sel m. salt. [L. sal.] selon prep, according to, on the authority of. [L. sub-longum, along.] semaine/. week. [L septimanam.] sembler v. seem, appear. [L. si- mulare.] "sens (74d) m. sense, intellect, un- derstanding ; sense, meaning ; way, direction : bon sens, good sense, sensibleness. [L. sen- sum.] sentir v. (irr. 40) feel, be sensible or have a sense of, be conscious. [L. sentire.] seoir v. (irr. 78) sit. [L. seder e.] -sept (71a, 76a) num. seven. [L. sept em.] septante num. (XV. 3a) seventy. [L. septuaginla.] septembre m. September. [L.] *septieme (71a) num. seventh, [fr. sept.] serviette/ napkin, [fr. servir.] servir^ v. (irr. 44) serve ; be of use, avail, advantage, help ; serve up, put on the taV.e : servir de, serve as, take or till the place of ; se servir de, serve one's self with, make use of, employ. [L. servire.] seul adj. sole, alone, only, single. [L. solum.] seulement adv. only, solely, sim- ply, [fr. seul.] si conj. (XXXIV. lb) if ; whether. [L. si.] si adv. so, as ; yes : si . . . que, however. [L. sic.] siecle m. age, century. [L. scecu- lum.] sien pron. (XXVII. 1) his, hers, its. [L. suum.] silence m. silence : garder . . ., keep silence, be silent. [L.] *six (815, 85^) num. six. [L. sex.] *sixaine (81c)/ half a dozen, some six. [fr. six.] ' ; sixieme (81c) num. sixth, [fr. six.] soeur/. sister. [L. soror.] soi pron. (XXIII. 4) one's self. [same as se.] soie/ silk. [L. setam.] soif f. thirst : avoir soif, be thirsty (XIII. 6). [L. sitim.] soir m. evening, latter part of the day. [L. serum, late.] soit tionj. whether, or ; be it ; be it so. [subj. pres. 3d sing, of etre.] *soixantaine (81c) /. three score, some sixty, [fr. soixante.] -soixante (81c) num. sixty. [L. sexaginta.] soldat in. soldier. [LL. soldatum, paid.] soleil m. sun ; sunshine. [L. soli- culum. fr. sol, sun.] *solennel (26a) adj. solemn, [fr. L. solem?iis.] sommeil m. sleep : avoir sommeil, be sleepy (XIII. 6). [fr. L. som- n us.] son, sa, ses pron. (XIV. 1) his, her, its. [L. suum ] son m. sound. [L. sonum.] sortir v. (irr. 39) come or go forth, issue, proceed ; go out (from room, etc.) : sortir de, quit, leave, abandon. [L. sortiri.] soudain adj. sudden ; as adv. (XXXI. 9) suddenly. [L. subi- taneum.] souffrir v. (irr. 54) suffer. [L. suffer re.] Soulier m. shoe. [?] 228 FREKCH-EWLISH soupe/. soup. [fr. G.l soupiere /. soup-dish, tureen, [fr. soupe.] *sourcil (68c) m. eyebrow. [L. superciliuin.] sourd adj. low-toned, obscure in sound, dull ; deaf. [L. sur- dum. ] sourire v. {irr. 13) smile. [L. subridere, laugh slightly.] sourire m. smile, [inf. of sourire.] sous prep, under, beneath, below. [L. subtus.] souvenir v. (irr. 60) come into the mind ; have come into the mind, remember : se . . ., remember, recollect, be reminded (of, de). [L. sub venire.] souvenir in. remembrance, recol- lection ; memorial, memento, souvenir, [inf. of souvenir.] souvent adv. often, frequently. [L. subinde.] sucre m. sugar, [fr. Arabic. *sud (60a) m. south, [fr. G. Suede/. Sweden. suffire v. (irr. 6) suffice, be suffi- cient or enough. [L. svfficere.] Suisse/'. Switzerland. suite /. what follows, sequel, train ; succession, series, suite : tout de suite, at once, immedi- ately. [L. secutam.] suivre v. (irr. 33) follow. [L. segui.] sur prep, on, upon ; over, above ; about, near to ; on account of, on the strength of : sur le champ, on the spot, at once, immedi- ately. [L. super.] sur adj. sure, secure, steady, trust- worthy. [L. securum.] surprendre v. (irr. 30) take by sur- prise, surprise, [sur and pren- dre.] surprise /. surprise^ astonishment [fr. surprendre] surtout adv. above all, especially, [sur and tout.] sus adv. above, upon : en *sus (74d), over and above, besides. [L. susum, sursum.] *tabac (58,y) m. tobacco. [Indiar word.] table /. table. [L. tabulam.] tableau m. picture, painting, [fr. table.] tacbe /. task. [LL. taxam, fr. L. taxare, tax.] tailleur m. tailor, [fr. tailler, cut, fr. L. taleam, cut branch.] taire v. (irr. 25) keep secret or silent : se . . ., be silent, keep silence, hold one's peace. [L. tacere.] Tamise/. Thames. tandis que conj. whilst, while, whereas. [L. tarn diem quod.] tant adv. so much or many, as much or many : si tant est que, if so be that, supposing that ; tant soit peu, ever so little, slightly, in some measure ; tant que, so long as. [L. iantum.] tante /. aunt, [ta and ante, L. amitarn.] tantot adv. presently, soon : tan- tot .. . tantot, now . . . now. [tant and tot.] tard adv. late. [L. tar dum, slow.] tasse /. cup. [fr. Arabic. ] te pron. thee, to thee. [L. te.] tel pron. such (such a, un tel) ; such a one, so and so ; one, an- other, as ... so : tel que, what- ever, any soever ; telle quelle, such as it is, in whatever condi- tion. [L. talem.] temps m. time ; weather. [L. tempus.] tenir v. {irr. 61) hold, keep : tenez, hold, look here, well now ; se . . ., keep one's self, stay, stand ; tenir lieu de, see lieu ; te- nir tete a, see tete. [L. te- nere.] terre /. earth, ground, land : de terre, earthen ; a terre, on the ground. [L. ierram.] tete /. head : tenir tete a, make head against, cope with, resist ; perdre la tete, lose one's head or wits or presence of mind. [L. testam, potsherd. J VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 229 tete-a-tete m. private interview, tete-a-tete, [lit'ly, head to head.] tne in. tea. [fr. Chinese.] theatre m. theater, stage. [L., fr. Gr.] theme m. theme, exercise. [Gr.] tien pron. thine. [L. tuum.] tiers, tierce num. third. [L. ter- tiuni.] toi pron. thee, to thee. [L. te.] tomber v. fall, tumble, [fr. G. (?)] tome in. tome, volume. [L., fr. Gr.] ton, ta, tes pron. thy. [L. tuum ] tonner v. impers. thunder. [L. tonare] tort m. wrong, harm : avoir tort (XIII. 6a), be in the wrong, be wrong ; a tort, wrongly. [L. tortum, twisted. | tot adv. soon. [L. tostum, burnt (?)] toucher v. touch, be in contact with, be close upon, approach ; lay the hand upon, handle, med- dle with ; touch with emotion, move : toucher a, be close upon or in contact with, meddle with [?] toujours adv. always, all the time ; even now, still, yet, all the same, [fr. tous jours, all days.] tout (*tous, 74d) pron. (XIV. 6b) all, every, whole ; everything, everybody, the whole : as adv. wholly, entirely, quite, alto- gether : toute chose, everything ; tous deux or tous les deux (XXVII. la), both ; tout le monde (XXVII. 7b), everybody ; du tout, at all ; tout . . . que, however ; tout a coup, all at once, suddenly ; tout a fait, wholly, entirely ; tout a l'heure, just now ; tout de suite, at once, immediately. [L. totum.] toutefois adv. yet, however, never- theless, [toute fois, every time.] traduire v. tirr. 1) translate. [L. traducere.] tragedie /. tragedy. [L., fr. Gr.] traire v. (irr: 21) draw, milk. [L. trahere.] -tranquille (68/) adj. tranquil, calm. [L.] *tranquillement (QSf) adv tran- quilly, calmly, [fr. tranquille.] *trans- (746). *transit (746, 76a) m. transit. [L.] travail m. work, labor, toi\ tra- vail, [fr. L. trabr.8, beam (?) ] travailler v. work, toil, labor, [fr. travail.] travers in. oddity, whim, capri c, eccentricity : a travers, aoro s, athwart, through. [L. l.an- verxum. crosswise. | traverser v. traverse, cross, pass over or through, [fr. travers.] treize num. thirteen [L. tre.derim ] treizieme num. thirteenth. [fr. treize.] trentaine /. some thirty. [fr. trente.] trente num. thirty. [L. triginfa.] tres adv. very, very much. [L. trans.] triste adj. sad, dull, dreary. [L. tristem.] tristement adv. sadly, [fr. triste.] trois num. three. [L. tres.] troisieme num. third, [fr. trois.] tromper v. deceive, mislead, cheat, baffle, disappoint : se . . ., de- ceive one's self, be mistaken, make a mistake. [?] trop adv. too, too much, in excess, beyond what is called for : de trop, superfluous, not wanted, better away ; trop peu, too little. [?] trouver v. find, discover, come <> • hit upon ; find to be, regard as, consider, think : se . . ., tmd one's self, chance to be, be. [L turbare, disturb (?).] tu pron. thou. [L. tu.] un num. art. one ; an, a. [L. unum.] utile adj. useful, advantageous. [L. utilem.] 230 FEENCH-ENGLISH vache /. cow. [L. vaccam.] vaincre v. (XX. 3a) vanquish, con quer. [L. vincere.] valoir v. (irr. 73) be worth, have the value of ; have as much value as, be equal to ; be good for, win, procure : valoir mieux, be worth more, be bett*er or preferable. [L. valere.] vapeur f. steam, vapor ; in. steam- er. [L.] vase in. vase, vessel. [L. vas.] vaste adj. vast. [L ] velours m. velvet, [fr. L. villosus, hairy.] vendre v. sell. [L. vendere.] vendredi in. Friday. [L. veneris diem, Venus's day.] venir v (irr. 60 ; p. 145-6) come, be coming : venu, one arrived, comer ; venir de (with inf., XXXI. lib), have just (done anything) ; en venir a, come to the point of, have recourse to, resort to. \h. venire.'] Venise /. Venice. vent in. wind. [L. venfum.] verre m. glass, drinking glass, tumbler. [L. vitrum.] vers prep, toward ; about. [L. versus.] vers in. verse. [L. versa m.] vetir v. (irr. 51) clothe, dress (in, de). [L. vest ire.] viande/. meat, flesh ; viand. [L. vivenda.] vie /. life ; biography : de sa vie, in his life, ever. [L. vitam.] vieil, see vieux. vieillard m. old man. [fr. vieux.] vieillir v. grow old, become aged, age. [fr. vieux.] Vienne /. Vienna. vieux, vieil (VII. 7) adj. old, not young, aged ; as noun, old fel- low or friend. [LL. vetalum.] vif adj. lively, vivacious, brisk, smart. [L. vivum.] *vil (6Sd) adj. vile, base, mean. LL.] ^village (68/) m. village, [fr. ville.] *ville (68/) /. city : a la ville, in the city. [L. villain.] vin i)i. wine. [L. vinvm.] vingt (76'/) num. twenty. [L. viginti.] vingtaine /. a score, some twenty. [fr. vingt.] vingtieme num. twentieth, [fr. vingt.] violette /. violet, [fr. L. viola. ] *viril (68tf) adj. virile, manly. [L. virilem. ] *vis 74d) /. screw. [L. vilem, vine.] vis m. face : vis-a-vis de, face to face with, opposite to, fronting. [L. visum.] vite adj. quick ; as adv. (XXXI. 9) quickly, rapidly, fast. [?] vivement adj. livelily. [fr. vif.] (irr. 32) live. [L. VL- vivre ®, vere.] voici inferj. see here, here is or are or come, behold, lo. ( vois and ci.] voila interj see there, there is or are or come, behold, lo. [vois and la.] voile m.f. veil; sail: bateau a voiles, sailing vessel. [L. velum.] voir v. (irr. 67) see, behold, view, look : voyons, let's see, see here, come now ; y voir, see things, have eyes. [L. videre.] voisin adj. neighboring, near (to, de) ; as noun, neighbor. [L. vicinum.] voiture /. carriage, vehicle. [L. vectaram.] voix / voice. [L. vocem.] volontiers adv. willingly, gladly. [fr. L. vobi ntarie.] volume m. volume. [L] votre pron. (XIV.) your. [L. ves- tram.] votre pron. (XXVII. 1, 2) yours. [L. vestrum.] vouloir v. (irr. 72 ; p. 114) wish, desire, want ; be willing or in VOCABULAKY TO THE EXERCISES. 231 clined or pleased ; mean, intend : vouloir dire, mean, signify ; en vouloir a, have a grudge or spite against, lay something up against, have a design upon, aim at. [L. velle.] vous pron. you, to you. [L. ws.] voyage m. journey. [L. viati- cum.] vrai adj. true, veracious, real, ac- tual, genuine, [fr. L. verus.\ vraiment adv. truly, really, indeed, in fact. [fr. vrai.] y adv. pron. (XXIII. 5-8) there ; to it or them, etc. [L. ibi.~\ yeux (36a) pi. (II. 5) eyes. [L. oculos.] II. -ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY. Additional Abbreviations : n. noun. intr. intransitive, trans, transitive. a, an, un. able, capable, bon, habile : be able, pouvoir v. (irr. p. 119.) about, (round aboift) autour de, (nearly) environ, sur, quelque : run about, courir {irr. 52). above, dessus adv., au-dessus de prep. absolutely, absolument. according to, d'apres, selon. accordingly, aussi. acquaint : be acquainted with, con- naitre. acquire, acquerir {irr. 63). across prep, a travers. active, actif. adieu, adieu m. admirable, admirable, afraid : be afraid, avoir peur or crainte (XIII. 6). Africa, Afrique /. after prep, apres ; conj. apres que : after that {conj.), apres que. afternoon, apres-midi m. afterward, apres, ensuite. again, encore, de nouveau. against, contre. age (grow old), vieillir. agitate (move), emouvoir {irr. 76). ago, il y a (XXX. 4«). air, air m. all, tout (XIV. 6) : at all, see at ; after all, apres tout, allow, permettre {irr. 31). almost, presque, a peu pres. aloft, en haut. alone, seul. along prep, le long de. aloud, 'haut. Alps, Alpes /. already, deja. also, aussi. although, quoique (XXXIV. la), bien que, encore que. altogether, tout a fait, tout. always, toujours. America, Amerique /. amiable, airaable. among, parmi (XXVI. 4a), entra; from among, d'entre. amount, an infinite, fee infinite. amuse, amuser : amuse one's self, s'amuser. ancient, ancien. anciently, anciennement. and, et. angry, fache (at. contre ; on ac- count of, de) : be or get angry, se facher. animal, animal m. another, un autre : one another, l'un l'autre, les uns les autres (XXVII. 7), se (XXIX. 8). answer v. repondre. answer n. reponse/. anxious, inquiet. any, de with art. (IV.), quelque: not any, ne . . aucun or nul, ne . . , pas de. anything, quelque chose : not any- thing, ne . . . rien ; anything whatever, quoi que ce soit. appear, paraitre {irr. 18). apple, pomme/. approach, {trans.) s'approcher de, se rapprocher de, {intr.) s'appro- cher. April, avril m. arise, se lever. arm (limb), bras m. army, armee/. around prep. , autour de. VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 233 arrive, arriver {with etre, XXYIII. Qa). as adv. (before adj.) aussi, {after adj.) que : as much, or many, autant ; as much or many as, autant que ; as long as, tant que ; as soon as, aussitot que, des que ; as far as, jusque, jusqu'a {prep.); as for, as regards, quant a. as conj. comme, ainsi que, de, en ; (since) puisque ; (when) lorsque. ashamed : be ashamed, avoir honte (Xin. 6). Asia, Asie . ask, ask for, demander (of, a). at, a ; en, dans ; de ; par : at all, du tout ; not at all, ne . . . point ; at once, sur le champ, tout de suite ; at present, a present ; at the time of, lors de ; at the house of, at some one's, chez. August, -aout (14) m. aunt, tante/. Austria, Autriche /. await, s'attendre a. back : bring back, etc. , see bring, etc. bad, mauvais : bad weather, mau- vais temps. baker, boulanger m. ball (dance), bal m. basket, panier m. be, etre {irr. p. 62) ; be (in re- spect to health), se porter ; be (in respect to weather), faire * (XXXII. 9a) : be all over, en etre fait ; be off with one's self, s'en aller ; be better, se porter mieux, se remettre ; be to, de- voir (XXVI. 12f). beat v. battre (XX. 3c). beautiful, beau (VII. 7). beauty, beaute/. because, parce que, puisque. become, devenir {irr. 60). bed, lit m.\ go to bed, se coucher, aller se coucher. before prep, (previous to) avant, (in front or in presence of) de- vant ; with inf. avant de. before conj. avant que, que . . . ne. beg, prier. begin, commencer, se mettre {irr. 31) a. behind, derriere. Belgium, Belgique/. believe, croire {irr. 26). belong, appartenir, etre (to, a: III. 6). below adv. en bas. beneath prep, sous, au-dessous de ; adv. dessous. besides prep, outre ; conj. d'ail- leurs, best adj. le meilleur ; adv. le mieux. better adj. meilleur ; adv. mieux : be better (in health), se porter mieux, se remettre {irr. 31), (be preferable) valoir mieux ; love better, aimer davantage ; like better, aimer mieux ; find it bet- ter, trouver meilleur ; get the better, l'emporter. between prep, entre. beyond prep, outre, par-dessus, au- dela de. big, gros. bird, oiseau m. bit, morceau m. black, noir. bless, benir. blind adj. aveugle. blindly, aveuglement. blue, bleu. boat, bateau m. boil v. bouillir {irr. 64). bold, 'hardi. bonnet, chapeau m. book, livre m. boot, botte /. Bordeaux, Bordeaux m. bore v. ennuyer ; be bored, etre en- nuye, s'ennuyer. born, ne ; be born, naitre {irr. 20 ; with etre, XXVIII. Qa). both pron. tous deux, tous les deux, 1'un et l'autre (XXVII. 7). both conj. et (XXXIV. 3); both . . . and, et . . et. bottle, bouteille /. box, boite/. boy, garcon m. brave, brave (VIII. 5c). 234 ENGLISH-FRENCH bread, pain m. breadth, largeur/. break, rompre (XX. Zb), (the arm, etc.) casser. breakfast, dejeuner m. bring, apporter ; bring bad*" rap- porter. brother, frere m. brother-in-law, beau-frere m. brown, brun. Brussels, *Bruxelles (81c)/. bnild, batir. but conj. mais ; prep, excepte : but little (with v.), ne . . . guere. butter, beurre rn. buy, acbeter (XXI. Zb). by (XXVIII. 3), par, de, a: by means of, moyennant ; by dint of, a force de. cake, gateau m. call v. appeler (XXI. 3c) ; call back, rappeler. can, pouvoir (in: p. 119). cannot, ne pouvoir (irr. p. 119), ne saurais, etc. (XXXIV. lb). capital (chief city), capitale /. captain, capitaine m. carriage, voiture/ carry, porter ; carry away, empor- ter. case, cas m. : in case that, in case, au or en cas que. cat, chat m, cause n. raison/. cause v. {with inf., XXXII. 9b) faire (in: p. 150). century, siecle m. certainly, certainement. chair, cbaise /, chamber, chambre/. chapter, chapitre m. cheap, cheaply, a bon marche, bon marche. cheese, fromage m. child, enfant m. China, Chine/, choose, choisir. church, eglise /. : to or at church, a l'eglise. citizen, citoyen m. city, *vUle (68/)/. clean v. nettoyer. clear v.: clear out, s'en aller (XXIX. 7c). cloak, manteau m. close v. fermer. cloth, drap m. clothe, vetir (irr. 51). coat, habit m. coffee, cafe m.. cold, froid : be cold, feel cold, avoir froid (XIII. 6) ; be cold (weather), faire froid ; grow cold, se refroidir. collar, col m. come, venir (irr. p. 145 , with etre, XXVIII. 6a), (happen) advenir, (arrive, get so far as) arriver, en venir ; come ! allons (XXVII. 8'/) ; come back or again, reve- nir; come down, descendre come in, entrer comedy, comedie/. coming a. arrivee/. conceal, cacher. conceive, concevoir (irr. 65). conclude, conclure (irr. 29). conduct n. conduite/. conduct v. conduire (irr. 1) ; con- duct one's self, se conduire. conquer, vaincre (XX. 3a). consequently, done, *consequem- ment (26a). constantly, constamment. constitutional, constitutionnel. contented, content. continually, continuellement. cook, cuisiniere/. correctly (in tune), juste. Corsica, Corse/. country, pays m., (one's or native) patrie /. , (as distinguished from the city) campagne /. in the country, a la campagne. cousin, cousin m., cousine/ cover u (place at table) couvert m. cover v. couvrir (irr 56). cow, vache f. create, creer. cruel, cruel. cruelly, cruellement. cry v. crier ; cry out, s'ecrier. cuff n. manchette /. VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 235 cup, tasse/. curse v. maudire (irr. 10). dance v. danser. Danube, Danube m. daughter, fille /. day, jour m. : day before yester- day, avant-hier m. ; day after to- morrow, apres-demain m. dead adj. mort. deal : a great deal, beaucoup. dear, cher (VIII. 5c). dearly, cherement. decay v. dechoir (irr. 70). December, decembre m. Denmark, Danemark in. depart, partir {irr. 38). departure, depart m. depend, se fier (upon, a), dependre (on or upon, de). depot, gare/ describe, decrire {irr. 12). desire v. vouloir {irr. 72), desirer, avoir envie de. die, mourir (irr. 62 ; with etre, XXVIII. 6a). difficult, difficile. difficulty, difficulty /• dine, diner. dining-room, salon m., salle a man- ger/. dinner, diner m. dint : by dint of, a force de. directly, sur le champ. dish, plat m. displease, deplaire (irr. 24). dissatisfied, mecontent (with, de). distrust, se defter de. do, faire (irr. p. 150) : do without, se passer de. dog, cbien m. door, porte /. down-stairs, en bas. dozen, douzaine/. draw, traire (irr. 21) : draw near, s'approcher (to, de). dress n. robe/. dressmaker, couturiere-/. drink, boire (irr. 27). drive off or away, chasser. dull, (tedious) ennuyeux, (stupid) lourd d'esprit. during, pendant, durant : during the past, during . . . past,depuis. duty, devoir m. dwell, demeurer. each, (adj.) chaque, (n.) chacun : each one, chacun ; each other, l'un lautre (XXVII. 7), se (XXIX. 8). ear, oreille/. earlier, plus tot de meilleure heure. early, de bonne heure : so early, de si bonne heure ; quite early, de bien (or tr§s) bonne heure. earth, terre/. easily, facilement. east, *est (76a) m.; the East, l'Ori- ent m. easy, aise, facile, eat, manger, editor, redacteur m. Edward, Edouard. egg, ceaf (pi. *oeufs: 61a) m. eight, *huit (76/0- eighteen, *dix-huit (Sib). eighth, huitieme. eighty, quatre-vingts (XV. 2b). either conj. ou . . . . ou, or), (nor . . . either) non plus, either pron. l'un ou l'autre (XXVII. 7). eleven, *onze (64/). Elizabeth, Elisabeth, else : nothing else, rien d'autre ; nothing else than, ne . . . rien que. elsewhere, ailleurs, autre part, emperor, empereur m. employ, employer, empress, imperatrice/ enemy, ennemi m. England, Angleterre/. English, anglais, dAngleterre. enough, assez (V. 4a). entirely, tout a fait, entierement f tout, equally, egalement ; equally . . . and, aussi . . . que. especially, surtout. Europe, Europe/, even, meme, (not excepting) jus* qu'a, (with gerund) tout. 236 ENGLISH-FRENCH evening, soir m., soiree /. : in the evening, du soir. every, chaque, tout (XIV. 6/;) ; every one, chacun ; everybody, tout le monde ; everything, tout, toute chose ; every day, tous les jours ; everywhere, partout. evil adj. mauvais. evil n. mal m. excellent, excellent. except, hors, excepte. exclaim, s'ecrier. exercise n. exercice >/?., theme m. extremely, extremement. eye, ceil m. (pi. yeux 36a). fact : in fact, en effet. factory, fabrique /. fall, tomber {with etre : XXVIII. 6a), dechoir (irr. 70) ; fall short, faillir. family, famille /. Fanny, Franchise /. far adv. loin : far from, (with inf.) loin de, (with v. ) loin que ; as far as, see as ; so far as, see so. farewell, adieu m, farm, ferme/. farmer, fermier m. ; farmer's wife, fermiere/. fast ado vite. father, pere m fear v. craindre (irr. 15), avoir peur. fear n. peur/., crainte/.: for fear of, de peur or crainte de ; for fear that, de peur or crainte que . . . ne. February, fevrier m. feeble, faible. feel, sentir (irr. 40). few, peu (de : V. 4) ; a few, quel- ques (XIV. 6c) ; but few, peu ; too few , trop peu ; the few, les quelques. field, champ m. fifteen, quinze. fifth, cinquieme, quint (XVI. 4c). fifty, cinquante. find, trouver : find one's self, se trouver ; find again, retrouver. fine adj. beau (VII. 7) ; fine weath- er, beau, beau temps ; a fine thing, beau, finish, finir. fire, feu m . first adj. premier : adv. pour la pre- miere fois. fish, poisson m. five, -cinq (72c). flee, fuir (irr. 47). flourish, fleurir (XIX. Zb). flower, fleur/. folks, gens pi. follow, suivre (irr. 33). foot, pied m. for prep, pour, de, (during) depuis : as for, quant a. for conj. car forget, oublier. fork, fourchette /. former, celui-la (xvbst.), ce . . . -la (adj.). formerly, autrefois. \ forty, quarante. four, quatre. fourteen, quatorze. fourth, quatrieme : fourth part, quart m. fowl, poule /. franc, franc m. France, France/. Frances, Franchise /. Francis, Frank, Francis m. frank, franc (VII. 6/;). frankly, franchement. freeze, geler. French, francais, de France. Friday, vendredi m. friend, ami m., amie /. friendship, amitie /'. from, de, des, d avec, depuis. front : in front of, en face de ; to the front of, au-devant de. fruit, fruit m. full, plein. fully, pleinement. garden, jardin m. gate, porte/. gather, (tram.) cueillir (irr. 46), (intr.) se reunir. general n. general m. Geneva, Geneve/. VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 237 gentleman, monsieur (XIV. 4), gentilhomme ( pi. *gentils- hommes : 68c). German, allemand Germany, Allemagne/. get, obtenir (in-. 61) : get up, se lever ; get ready, s'appreter gift, cadeau m., present m., don m. girl, fille/. give, donner : give a present, faire (in: 23) un cadeau. glass, verre m. glory, gloire/. go, aller {irr. p. 128), (go away) partir {irr. 38) : go away, s'en aller (XXIX. 7c), partir (irr. 38) ; go out, sortir (irr. 39) ; be going to (with inf.), aller (XXVII. 9c). God, Dieu in. gold, or m. good adj. bon (IX. 3) : good for- tune or luck, bonbeur m. ; good morning or day, bonjour m. gi'and, grand. grandfather, grand-pere m. grandmother, grand'mere/. grandson, petit-fils m. great, grand : a great deal, beau- coup (V. 4). Great Britain, Grande-Bretagne/. greatly, beaucoup, grandement. grow, croitre (irr. 19) : grow old, vieillir ; grow pale, palir ; grow cold, se refroidir grudire : have a grudge at, en vou- loir a (XXIV. V). guide, guider, conduire (irr. 1). hail v. greler. hair, cheveux m. pi. half n. moitie. half adj. (XVI. la) demi, demi- : half an hour, une demi-beure. hand n. main f. hand v. remettre (/? r. 31). handkerchief, moucboir m. handsome, beau (VII. 7). Hanover, Hanovre m. happen, arriver (irith etre : XXVIII. Qa), venir a (with inf.). happily, beureusement. happiness, bonbeur m. happy, heureux, content, hard, dur, (difficult) difficile, hardly, a peine, ne . . . guere : I hardly know, je ne sacbe pas. Harriet, Henriette/. haste : make haste, se hater, se de- pecber. hasten, se hater, se depecber. hat, cbapeau m hate v. hair (XIX. 3a). have, avoir (irr. p. 58) ; as auxil, avoir or etre (XXVIII. 5-8, XXIX. 3, XXX. la) ; have to, avoir a, etre oblige de, falloir (XXX. 7). he, il (6Sd), lui. head, tetef. health, sante/. hear, entendre, ouir (irr. 49). heart, coeur m. heaven, ciel (II. 5) in. hen, poule/. hence adv. d'ici. henceforth, desormais. Henrietta, Henriette /. Henry, Henri m. her pron. (XXII.) la, lui, elle (XXIII. 2); poss (XIV. 1-3) son; hers, sien (XXVII. 1, 2). here, ici; -ci (XIII. 3, XXIV.): here is or are, voici. high, 'haut. highly, 'bautement. him (XXII.), le, lui. his (XIV. 1-3, XXVII. 1, 2), son, sien. history, bistoire /. hold, tenir (irr. 61). Holland, 'Hollande/. home : at home, cbez moi (etc.), a la maison ; go home, aller a la maison. hope v. esperer, (wish) soubaiter. hope n. espoir m., esperance /. horrible, horrible, horse, cbeval m. hot, cbaud. hour, heure/. ; half an hour, une demi-heure (XVI. 4a). house, maison /. : at the house of, cbez. 238 ENGLISH-FRENCH how, comment (interrog., relat., exelam.), que (XXV. 4(7) ; how many or much, combien, {ex- clam. ) que de. however adv. quelque . . . que, si . . . que, pour . . . que, tout . . . que. however covj. cependant, toutefois. human, humain. hundred, cent (XV. 2b, 6). hunger, faim /. ; be hungry, avoir faim (XIII. 6). husband, mari m. I, je, moi. idle, paresseux. if, si {29b ; XXXIV. lb), quand, que. ignorant, ignorant, ill adj. malade ; adv. mal (XXXI. 8). ill n. mal m. ill-will : bear ill-will to. en vou- loir a. immediately, tout de suite, impossible, impossible, in, en, dans (VI. la), a, (VI. 4, XIII. 6 /), de. indeed, en effet, (=to be sure) il est vrai. India, Indes/. pi. infinite : an infinite amount, infi- niment. injure, nuire {irr. 4) a. ink, encre/. inside adv dedans, instead of, au lieu de. instruct, instruire {irr. 2). interest v. interesser ; interesting, interessant. interrupt, interrompre (XX. Zb). into, en, dans (VI. la, 4). introduce one's self, s'introduire {irr. 1). invite, inviter. iron, fer m.\ adj. (=of iron), de fer, en fer. it, il, elle ; le, la ; as indef. subj. (XL 2, XXIV. 2), ce, il. Italy, Italie f. its, son (XIV.), sien (XXVII. 1, 2), James, Jacques m. Jane, Jeanne/. January, Janvier m. Japan, Japon m. Joan, Joanna, Jeanne/. John, Jean m. join, joindre (irr. 17). journal, journal m. journey, voyage m. Julia, Julie/. Julius, Jules m. July, juillet m. June, juin m. just adj. juste. just adv. -. have or had jus', (done anvtbing), viens or venais de (XXXI. 116). keep, tenir {irr. Gl), garder ; (word or a secret) tenir ; keep silent, taire {irr. 25) ; keep doing any- thing, imp/. (III. 7b). kind, adj. bon (to, pour). kind n. sorte/, genre m. king, roi m. kingdom, royaume m. kitchen, cuisine/. knife, couteau m. know, savoir {irr. p. 159), (be ac- quainted with) connaitre {irr. 18) ; know how {with inf.) sa- voir (XXXIV. 7^) ; know to be, savoir (XXXIV. 7a). labor v. travailler. laborious, laborieux. lack n. : for lack of, faute de. lady, dame/ ; my lady, the lady, madame (XIV. 4) ; the young lady, mademoiselle (XIV. 4). lament, se plaindre (irr. 15). large, grand. last, dernier (VIII. 5c); at last, en- fin. late, (tardy) tard, (deceased) feu; later, plus tard. lately, dernierement, *recemment (26«). latter, celui-ci, ce . . . -ci. laugh v. rire (irr. 13). laugh u . rire m. law, loi/. VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 239 lazy, paresseux. lead v. mener, conduire, (induce) amener. leaf, feuille/ learn, apprendre (irr. 30). learned adj. savant, least, adv. le moins (XXXI. 8) ; at least, an moins. leave, (trans , abandon) quitter, (leave behind) laisser ; (intr. , de- part) partir (irr. 38). leg, jambe/ length, longueur/, lengthily, longuement. less adv. moins (XXXI. 8) ; the less, moins (XXXIV. 3). lesson, lecon/. lest, que . . . ne. let, laisser ; impv. (VIII. 7c). letter, lettre/. Lewis, Louis m. library, bibliotheque /. lie v. (be false) mentir (irr. 41). life, vie /. : in all my life, de ma vie. like v. aimer, vouloir (irr. p. 114) ; like better, aimer mieux. like prep. conj. comme, en. lily, *lis (74d) m. listen, ecouter ; listen to, ecouter ; listen to reason, entendre raison. little adv. peu (de, V. 4, XXXI. 8); a little, un peu, un peu de ; little by little, peu a peu, petit a petit ; too little, trop peu de ; but little (with v.), ne . . . guere (XII. 5). little adj. petit. live, (dwell) demeurer, (be alive) vivre (irr. 32). lively, vif; in a lively manner, vivement. London, Londres m. long adj. long (VII. 6b). long adv. (a long time) longtemps ; longer, encore ; any longer, plus longtemps ; no longer, ne . . . plus (XII. 5) ; so or as long as, tant que. look v. (appear to be) avoir l'air ; look at, regarder ; look for, chercber. lose, perdre, manquer. loud adj. adv. 'baut. Louis, Louis m. Louisa, Louise/. love v. aimer ; be loved, se faire aimer, love ri. amour m.f.; in love with, amoureux de. low, bas ; in a low tone, low (adv.), bas. Lyons, Lyon m. mad, fou (VII. 7). madam, madame (XIV. 4). maid, (servant) domestique/. make, faire (irr. p. 150) ; (cause to be) rendre. man, bomme m. manner, maniere /. ; in a manner to, de facon a. manufacturer, fabricant m. many, beaucoup de (V. 4), bien de (with art. : V. 46), maint ; many a, maint ; as many, autant de ; how many, combien de, que de (XXV. 4c) ; so many, tant de ; too many, trop de. March, *mars (74c?). Maria, Marie/ marry, (trans.) epouser, se marier avec ; (intr.) se marier ; be mar- ried, se marier ; newly-married (person), nouveau marie. Mary, Marie/ master, maitre m. matter n. affaire /. ; what is the matter with him, qu'a-t-il ? (XIII. 6b). matter v. importer. May, mai m. may v., subj. pres. (IX. 6b), pouvoir (irr. p. 119 ; XXV. 8/). maybe, peut-etre. me, me, moi. mean v. vouloir dire (XXXIII. 7d). means: the means (of anything), de quoi, les moyens; by means of, moyennant, a force de ; by no means, ne . . . nullement, ne . . . point. meanwhile, en attendant, cepen' dant. meat, viande/ MO ENGLISII-FREKCTI meet v. (trans.) rencontrer, (intr.) se rencontrer ; go to meet, aller a la rencontre or au-devant de. merchant, negotiant m., (retail) marchand ra. merely by, rien qu'a or que de. meter, metre in. Mexico, Mexique m. midday, midi in. (XVII. 4/>). midnight, minuit m. (XVII. 4/>). might v., subj. (IX. 6b), pouvoir (XXV. 8/). milk n. lait in. milk v. traire (irr. 21). million, million in. mine, mien (XXVII. 1, 2). minute n. minute/. misfortune, malheur m. Miss, Mademoiselle /. (XIV. 4), Mile. miss v. faillir (in: 50). mistake : be mistaken, se tromper. mock, (trans.) se moquer de. moderately, moderement. modest, modeste. Monday, lundi m. money, argent m. month, mois m. more, plus (XXXI. 8), plus de (V. 4) ; the more, plus (XXXIV. 3). moreover, dailleurs, de plus. morning, matin m., matinee /. ; good-morning, bonjour m. morrow, lendemain in. most, le plus (XXXI. 8), le plus de, la plupart de (icith art. ; V. 46). mother, mere/. mountain, montagne/. move, mouvoir (irr. 76), (with emotion, the feelings) emouvoir (irr. 76), toucher. Mr. , Monsieur m. , M. (XIV. 4). Mrs., Madame/, Mme. (XIV. 4). much, (with v.) beaucoup, tres, fort ; (with n.) beaucoup de (V. 4) ; as much, autant de ; how much, combien, combien de ; so much, tant, tant de ; too much, trop, trop de ; very much, beaucoup ; not much, ne . . . pas beaucoup, ne . . . guere. music, musique/ must, il faut etc. (XXX. 6, 7), devoir O'/r. p. 124 ; XXVI. 12/). my, mon (XIV.). name, nom m. napkin, serviette / near adv. pres, aupres ; too near, trop pres. near, near to, prep, pres, pres de ; go or draw near or near to, s'ap- procher de. nearly, a peu pres. neat, *net (76«), (clean) propre. necessary : be necessary, falloir (irr. p. 141). need n. besoin m. neighbor, voisin m., voisine f. neither prou ni l'un ni l'autre (XXVII. 7). neither conj. ni (XXXIV. 3). nephew, neveu m. never, ne . . . jamais (XII. 4). nevertheless, neanmoins. new, nouveau (VII. 7), neuf. news n. nouvelle/ (*. or pi.). newspaper, journal m. next adj. prochain ; next day, len- demain, jour suivant. next prep., pres ; conj. puis, niece, niece/', night, nuit/. nine, neuf (61a, 85c). nineteen, *dix-neuf (Sib). ninety, *quatre-vingt-dix (81/;). ninth, neuvieme no rep. non. no, none, no one adj. n. ne . . . aucun, ne . . . nul (XIV. 6c/. d, XXVII. 6), ne . . . pas or point de ; no longer, ne . . . plus (XII. 5). nobody, no one, ne . . . personne (XII. 4). none, nee no, adj. nor, ni (XII. 5). north, nord rn. Norway, Korvege/. not, ne ; ne . . pas, ne . . , point, non, non pas ; not any, ne . . . aucun, ne . . . nul, ne . . . pas de; not anything, ne rien ; not ever, VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 241 ne . . . jamais ; not any one, ne . . per sonne. nothing, ne . . . rien (XII. 4). novel adj. nouveau (VII. 7). novel n. roman m. November, novembre m. now adv. a present, maintenant ; conj. or ; now . . . now, tantot . . . tantot. nowhere, nulle part, null adj. nul. obey, obeir a. oblige : be obliged to, falloir (XXX. 7). obtain, obtenir (irr. 61). o'clock, heure/. (XVII. 4). October, octobre m. of, de (III. 1-3) ; en, a. off : be off or go off, s'en aller (XXIX. 1c). offer, offrir (irr. 53). officer, officier m. often, souvent (XXXI. 7). old, vieux (VII. 7), (so many years) age de ; too old, trop age ; be (so many years) old, avoir . . . ans (XVII. 5) ; grow old, vieillir. ■on, sur. once, une fois ; at once, (immedi- ately) tout de suite, sur le champ, (at the same time) a la fois. one, un (XV. 2a), {indef.) on (XXVII. 4) ; no one, see no ; some one, s°e some ; one anoth- er, Tun l'autre (XXVII. 7), se XXIX. 8) ; one who, anyone who, quiconque, qui. only adj. seul. only adv. ne . . . que (XII. 5), seulement. open v. ouvrir (irr. 55), eclore (irr. 28). opposite to, vis-a-vis de. or, ou, soit (XXXIV. 3). order : in order to, afin de, pour ; in order that, afin que, pour que. ordinarily, ordinairement. other, autre (XXVII. 6, 7) ; others, other people than one's self, au- trui (XXVII. 6a). 16 otherwise, autrement. ought, devoir (irr. p. 124). our, notre (XIV. 1). ours, notre (XXVII. 1, 2). out of, hors de, bors. outside, dehors. over, sur, (above) au-dessus de, (be- yond) par-dessus ; triumph over, triompher de ; be all over, e'en etre fait. owe, devoir (irr. p. 124). own adj. propre. ox, boeuf in. (pi. *boeufs ; 61a). package, paquet m. page, (of a book etc.) page/. pain, mal (XIII. Qa), (grief) peine/. paint v. peindre (irr. 16). painter, peintre m. painting n. peinture/. paper, papier m. pardon v. pardonner (to [anyone], a), parent, parent m. Paris, Paris m. pass v. passer, past : half past, etc. , see XVII. 4 ; during . . . past, depuis. peach, peche/. pear, poire/ peas, pois m. peasant, *paysan (37a) m. pen, plume/, pencil, crayon m. pending prep, pendant, people, (nation) peuple, (folks) gens, (indef.) on (XXVII. 4). pepper, poivre m. perceive, apercevoir (irr. 65), s'apercevoir de. perfectly, parfaitement. perhaps, peut-etre, probablement. permit, permettre (irr. 31) a. persuade, persuader, picture, tableau m. piece, morceau m. pity v. plaindre (irr. 15). p4ty n. pitie : it's a pity, e'est dommage. place, lieu m. place /.; take place, avoir lieu, plan n. projet m. 242 ENGLISH-FRENCH plate n. assiette/. plaything, jouet m. please, plaire a (mt. 24) ; if you please, s'il vous plait ; please to (impv. ), veuillez (XXIV. 6c) ; be pleased to, se plaire a. pleasure, plaisir m. pocket, poche/. poet, poete m. poetry, poesie/. point, point m.\ on the point of, sur le point de. poor, pauvre (VIII. 5c). portrait, portrait m. possess, posseder. possible, possible. post, post-office, poste/. potato, pomme de terref. poultry-yard, basse-cour/. pound, livre/. power, pouvoir m. praise v. louer. prepare, preparer. present n. cadeau m. , present m. , don m. present adj. : at present, a present, maintenant ; be present at, as- sister a. presently, presentement. prettily, joliment. pretty, joli. priest, pretre in. probably, probablement. project n. projet m. promise, promettre (irr. 31 : to, a). protect, proteger. provide, pourvoir (irr. 69) : pro- vided that, pourvu que. prudently, *prudemment (26a). Prussia, Prusse/. punish, punir. pupil, (scholar) eleve m. put, mettre {irr. 31) ; put off, dif- ferer. Pyrenees, Pyrenees/. quarter, quart m. (XVI. 46). queen, reine/. quickly, vite. quite, tout, bien. ragout, ragout m. railroad, railway, chemin defer m., voie ferree/. rain v. pleuvoir (irr. 71). rain v. pluie/. rainy, pluvieux. • raise, lever, rather, plutot. read, lire (irr. 11). ready, pret ; get ready, s'appreter. really, vraiment, reellement,en efFet. realm, royaume m. reason n. raisonf. recall, rappeler (XXI. 3c). receive, recevoir (irr. 65). recently, dernierement, *recemment (26a). recognize, reconnaitre (irr. 18). red, rouge, regard, regarder : as regards, quant a. rejoice, se rejouir. relative w. parent m. remain, rester. remember, (recall to mind) se rappeler, se souvenir (irr. 60). remove, oter. render, rendre. repent, se repentir (mt. 42). reply, repondre. republic, republique /. requirement, besoin m. resolve, se resoudre (irr. 36), re- soudre. retire, se retirer. return, revenir (irr. 60), retourner, etre de retour. Rhine, Rbin m. rich, riche (in, de or en), riches, richesse/. ridicule v. se moquer de. right n. droit m. right (id j. droit : be right, avoir raison (XIII. 6a). rise, se lever, river, riviere/., fleuve m. road, chemin m., route/, romance, roman m. room, chambre/. rose, rose/. roundabout adv. alentour. run, courir (irr. 52) ; run away, se sauver. YOCABULAKT TO THE EXERCISES. 243 Russia, Kussie/. sailboat, bateau a voiles m. sailor, matelot to. salt, sel m. saloon, salon to. same, meme. Saturday, samedi m. say, dire {irr. p 155). scarcely, ne . . . guere (XII. 5), a peine, school, ecole /. ; to or at school, a lecole. score, vingt, (about twenty) ving- taine/. sea, mer/. seat one's self, s'asseoir (irr. 78). second adj. *second (58/), *deuxi- eme (81c). second n. *seconde (58/)/. see, voir {irr. 67); see again, revoir. seek, cb.ercb.er ; seek one's fortune, cbercber fortune, seem, sembler. Seine, Seine/ seize, saisir. -self, -meme (XXIII. 3c). sell, vendre. send, envoyer (irr. 81) ; send back, renvoyer ; send for, envoyer cbercber. sense : good sense, bon *sens (74(0 to. September, septembre to. servant, domestique inf., bonne/, serve, servir (irr. 44) ; serve as, servir de. set, mettre (irr. 31) ; set out, par- tir {irr. 38). seven, *sept (71«, 16a). seventeen, *dix-sept (7 hi, 815). seventh, *septieme (Tin). seventy, *soixante-dix (Sib, c). several, plusieurs. sew, coudre (irr. 34). she, elle. sheep, brebis/. sheet, (of paper etc.) feuille/. shepherd, berger m. shoe, Soulier to. shoemaker, cordonnier m. shop, boutique/, magasin to. short adj. court ; short of (with inf.), a moins de. show v. montrer. shun, fuir (irr. 47), eviter. shut, fermer. sick, malade. side, cote/ signify, vouloir dire (XXXIII. Id). silent : be silent, se taire (irr. 25). silk, soie/. silver, argent to. simple, simple. since prep, depuis ; des ; cortj. puis- que, (since the time that) depuis que, depuis que . . . ne. sincere, sincere. sincerely, sincerement. sing, chanter. sir,"*monsieur (545, 73c). sister, soeur/ sit, seoir (irr. 78) ; sit down, s'as- seoir {irr. 78). six, *six (815). sixteen, seize. sixth, *sixieme (81c). sixty, *soixante (81c). sleep n. sommeil m. sleep v. dormir (irr. 43). sleepy : be sleepy, avoir sommeil (XIII. 6). slow, lent. slowly, lentement. small, petit. snow, neiger. so adv. si, ainsi, le (XXIII. 3c) ; so much or many, tant de ; so long as, tant que ; so far as, tant que, que ; so-and-so, tel, un tel ; so that (in such a way that), de or en sorte que. so conj. ainsi. soft, doux (VII. 8), mol (VII. 7). softly, doucement, bas (XXXI. 9). soldier, soldat to. solely, seulement. solve, resoudre (irr. 36). some, de with art. (IV.), en (XXIII. 7), quelque (XIV. 6c), quelques uns (XXVII. 5), tel ; some time, quelque temps ; some one, somebody, quelqu'un 244 ENGLISH-FRENCH (XXVII. 5) ; some men are, il y a des gens qui sont. something, quelque chose (XXVII. 5) ; something to . . . with, de quoi. sometimes, quelquefois. somewhere, quelque part, son, *fils (QSc, 74rf) in. soon, tot, bientot ; as soon as, aussitot que, des que. sooner, plus tot, (rather) plutot. soup, soupe/. south, *sud (60a) m. Spain, Espagne/. Spanish, espagnol, d'Espagne. speak, parler (with, a). spite : in spite of, malgre. spoon, *cuiller (73/;)/. start, partir (irr. 38). station, gare/. stay, rester. steamboat, bateau a, vapeur m., vapeur m. stew a. ragout m. still adv. encore ; still more, davan- tage ; conj. pourtant. stocking, bas m. stop, s'arreter. store, magasin m. story, recit m., conte m., bistoire/ straight, droit, street, rue/", strike, frapper. strong, fort, studio, atelier m. successful, beureux. such, tel ; such a, un tel ; such- and-such, tel. suddenly, soudain, soudainement, tout a coup suffer, souffrir (irr. 54). suffice, be sufficient, suffire (irr. 6). sugar, sucre m. Sunday, dimanche m. suppose, supposer, croire. sure, sur. suspect, se douter de. Sweden, Suede f. sweet, doux (VII. 8). sweetly, doucement. sweetmeat, confiture/. Switzerland, Suisse/. table, table/. table-cloth, nappe/. tailor, tailleur m. take, prendre {irr. 30), (conduct) mener ; take back (along with one, ramener ; take off waway, oter (from, a) ; take place, avoir lieu ; take a walk, se promener ; take care, avoir soin. tale, conte in., recit m. talk, parler. tall, grand. task, tacbe/ tea, the m. teach, enseigner. teacher, maitre m. tear //. larme/ tedious, ennuyeux, ennuyant. tell, dire (irr. p. 155), raconter; tell a lie, mentir (irr. 41). ten, Mix (Sib). tenth, *dixieme (816*). Thames, Tamise/ than, que (IX 4), de (XV. 9). that pron. ce, ce . . . la (XIII. 2 3), celui, celui-la, cela (XXIV.) (relat.) qui, que, lequel (XXVI.) all that, tout ce que ; that which, ce qui or que (XXVI. lO'i). that conj. que, pour que, afin que. thaw, degeler. theatre, theatre m. thee, te, toi. their, leur (XIV.). theirs, leur (XXVII. 1. 2). them, les, leur (XXII. 5), eux, elles (XXIII.). theme, theme m. then adv. alors; conj done, alors, puis. there, la, -la (XIII. 3, XXIV. la), y (XXIII. 8i ; there (demomtr.) is or are, voila ; there is etc., il y a etc. (XXX. 4). they, ils in., elles /., (indef.) on (XXVII. 4). thine, tien (XXVII. 1, 2). thing, chose /. ; other things, autre think, penser, songer ; think of (turn one's thoughts to), penser a ; think about (have an opinion of), penser de ; (be of opinion) VOCABULARY TO THE EXERCISES. 245 croire (irr. 26) ; (think to be, re- gard as) croire. third, troisienie, (third part) tiers. thirst, soif f. ; be thirsty, avoir soif (XIII. 6). thirteen, treize. thirty, trente. this, ce, ce . . . -ci (XIII. 2, 3), celui, celui-ci, ceci (XXIY.) ; this or that is, voici, voila. thou, tu. though, same as although. thousand, *mille (68/),"*mil (687). three, trois. through, par, a tr avers. thunder r. tonner. Thursday, jeudi m. thus, ainsi, de la sorte. thy, ton (XIV. 1, 2). till, coi'j. jusqu'a ce que, que. time, (period) temps m., (succes- sive) fois /. (XVII 7), (of day) heure /. ; in good time, de bonne heure ; at the time of, lors de ; at the same time, en meme temps ; have time, avoir le temps. tire, fatiguer ; be tired, se fatiguer. tiresome, fatigant, ennuyeux. to, a (III. 4-6), en, dans ; de ; with inf., a, de, pour. to-day, aujourd'hui. together, ensemble to-morrow, demain ; day after to- morrow, apres-demain. too, trop ; too much or many, trop de ; too little or few, trop peu de. tooth, dent/. toward, vers, envers ; toward even- ing, vers le soir. town, *ville 168O. tragedy, tragedie/. translate, traduire {irr. 1). travel, voyager. tree, arbre m. true, vrai. truly, vraiment, veritablement. trunk, malle/. trust i\ se fier a. truth, verite/. try, essayer. Tuesday, mardi m.; Tuesdays, le mardi. tureen, soupiere/. twelve, douze ; twelve o'clock, midi or minuit (XVII. 46) m. twentieth, vingtieme. twenty, vingt \1Qa). twice,' deux fois, -bis (74tZ). two, deux. ugly, laid, vilain. uncle, oncle m. under, sous. understand, comprendre {irr. 30). undertake, entreprendre {irr. 30). unhappiness, malheur in. unhappy 3 malheureux. united, uni ; United Provinces, Provinces-Unies ; United States, ^tats-TJnis. unless, a moins que . . . ne, sans que, bors que. until conj. jusqu'a ce que, en atten dant que. upon, sur. up-stairs, en baut. us. nous. use v. user de, se servir {irr. 44) de ; used to, impf. (III. 7b). use n . : make use of, se servir {irr. 44) de. usually, ordinairement. vain, vain. value : have the value of, valoir (irr. 73). vase, vase m. vegetable n legume m. velvet, velours m. Venice, Venise/ very a*h. tres, bien, fort ; very much, beaucoup. very adj. meme. Vesuvius, Vesuve m. vie, le disputer. Vienna, Vienne/. village, ^village (68/) m. violet, violette/. voice, voix /. ; with louder voice, d'un ton plus baut. volume, volume m., tome m. wait, attendre ; wait for, attendre. wake, (trans.) eveiller, (intr.) s'eveiller. 246 ENGLISH-FKENCH VOCABTJLAKY. walk, marcher, se promener ; take a walk, se promener ; go to walk, aller se promener. want, (desire) vouloir (irr. p. 114), (lack, be in need of) falloir (irr. p. 141 ; XXX. 8). war, guerre/, warm adj. chaud ; feel or be warm, avoir chaud (XIII. 6) ; be warm weather, faire chaud (XXXII. 9a). watch n. (timekeeper) montre/. water, eau/. we, nous, weak, faihle. weary v. fatiguer. weather, temps m. Wednesday, mercredi m. week, semaine/. weep, weep for, pleurer. well, Men (XXXI. 8) ; wish well, vouloir du hien ; be as well, valoir autant. well-behaved, sage, well- satisfied, content (with, de). west, *ouest (76a). what adj. quel (XIII. 4) ; tvbxt. qui, que, quoi (XXV.), ce qui or que (XXVI. 10a). whatever, quoi que, quel que, quel- que . . . que, quelconque. when adv. quand, (in or at which) ou ; conj. quand, lorsque, des que, que. whence, d'ou, dont (XXVI. 7b). where, ou (XXVI. 8). whereas, tandis que. wherewith de quoi (XXVI. Ba). whether, si (XXXIV. lb), que; whether ... or, soit . . . soit, soit que . . . soit que, que . . . ou que. which adj. quel (XIII. 4), ftnbst. lequel (XXV. 5), (relat.) qui, que, lequel (XXVI.) ; of which, dont (XXVI. 7) ; to or at which, ou. while conj. pendant que, tandis que. white, blanc (VII. Qb). who, whom, qui (XXV.), (relat.) qui, que, lequel (XXVI.). whoever, qui que, quel que, qui, quiconque (XXVI. 9). whole, tout entier, tout, whose, de qui, duquel, dont, (to whom belonging) a qui. why, pourquoi, que (XXV. 4a*). wicked, mauvais. wife, *femme (26a)/. will, be willing v. vouloir (irr. p. 114; XXIV. 6e). William, Guillaume m. window, fenetre/. wine, vin m. winter, *hiver (735) m. wise, sage. wish v. vouloir (irr. p. 114), de- sirer ; (wish good-day etc.) sou- haiter. with, avec, (by) par, a, de, (at the house of) chez. within adv. dedans ; prep. en. without prep, sans, a moins de (with inf.) ; go or do without, se passer de ; conj. (XXXIV. 56), £ans que, hors que, que . . . ne. without adv. dehors. woman, *femme (26a)/. wood, bois m. wooden, de bois (V. lb). wool, laine/ word, parole/, mot m. ; keep one's word, tenir parole work n. (labor) travail m., (pro- duction) m. ouvrage. work v. travailler. workman, ouvrier m. workwoman, ouvriere /. world, monde m. worse adj. pire (IX. 3) ; adv. pis (XXXI. 8). worst, le pire (IX. 3) ; adv. le pis (XXXI. 8). worth : be worth, valoir (irr. 73). write, ecrire (irr. 12). wrong n. tort ; be wrong or in the wrong, avoir tort (XIII. 6). yard n. (measure) metre m. year, an m., annee/. yes, oui, si. yesterday, *hier (73a) ; day before yesterday, avant-hier. yet adv. encore ; conj. pourtant, toutefois. yonder adv la-bas. you, vous (I. 9b, VII. lb). young, jeune ; young lady, made- moiselle (XIV. 4). your, votre (XIV.). yours, votre (XXVII. 1, 2). FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS. The teacher is recommended to exercise the pupils thoroughly in the conver- sational phrases here given, which may be varied by substituting for the nouns used those contained in the accompanying vocabularies, thus familiarizing them with the ordinary phrases of every-day conversation as well as with a large number of useful words. I. DANS LES MAGASINS.— IN THE SHOPS. Je m'en vais en ville faire quelques emplettes ; voulez-vous m'accom- pagner 1 Volontiers. Attendez seulement un instant ; il faut que je change de robe. Tres bien ; mais depechez-vous, et n'oubliez pas d'apporter votre portemonnaie. Ou allez-vous * A nn magasin de nouveautes ; le voici. Entrons. Avez-vous des gants 1 Madame* desire-t-elle des gants de Suede ou des gants glaces ? Montrez-moi des gants de Suede, numero 6. En voici de tres bons, et dans des couleurs fort a la mode. Je n'aime pas ces nuances jaunes ; n'en avez-vous pas de noirs ? Madame n'ignore pas que les gants noirs s'usent plus vite que les gants de couleurs * N'importe ; je vous prie de me met- tre de cote ces deux paires ; je les essaierai plus tard. I am going to town to make some purchases ; will you go with me? Willingly. Only wait a moment ; I must change my dress. Yery well ; but hurry, and do not forget to bring your purse. "Where are you going ? First to a fancy shop ; here it is. Let us go in. Have you any gloves ? Do you wish undressed kid or glace kid gloves ? Show me undressed gloves, No. 6. Here are some very good ones, and in very fashionable colors. I do not like these yellow shades ; have you no black ones ? You know that black gloves wear out more quickly than colored ones ? No matter ; please put aside these two pairs for me. I will try them later. * The French shopkeeper almost invariably addresses his customers in the 3d person. 248 FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS. Permettez-moi de vous faire voir ces gants clairs. C'est tout ce quil y a de plus joli pour soiree. Ce n'est pas la peine de me les montrer. Je n'en ai aucun be- soin. Qu'avez-vous de nouveau en fait de broderies 1 Comment madame trouve-t-elle ces mouchoirs brodes ? II sont d'un genre tout a fait nouveau. Et qui me parait etre d'assez mau- vais gout. Madame prefererait peut-etre ces mouchoirs de dentelle. lis sont ravissants, mais ils coutent sans doute tres cher. Mais du tout, madame, ce sont des mouchoirs d'occasion ; nous les vendons 10 francs (la) piece. En ce cas j'en prends deux. Madame ne veut-elle pas jeter un coup d'oeil sur ces foulards des Indes 1 Merci, j'ai deja to it ce qu'il me faut. Envoyez-moi tout cela, et n'oubliez pas d'y ajouter votre compte. Voila le magasin de mercerie que je cherchais. II me faut du fil et des aiguilles. Madame prefere des aiguilles an- glaises % Donnez-m'en de tres fines. -J'en ai besoin pour broder. Montrez-moi aussi des aiguilles a tricoter. Avez-vous du ruban de fil tres large ] Ceci fera bien mon affaire. Ajoutez-y deux bobines de coton et un echeveau de soie noire, Let me show you these light gloves. Nothing could be pret- tier for evening wear. It is not worth-while to show them to me. I do not need them at all. What new things have you in embroideries 1 How do you like these embroid- ered handkerchiefs ? They are in quite a new style. And one which seems to me to be in rather bad taste. Perhaps you would prefer these lace handkerchiefs. They are charming, but they are doubtless very dear. Not at all, madame, they are bar- gains ; we are selling them for 10 francs apiece. In that case I will take two. Will you not glance at these India silks ? Thanks, I have everything I need already. Send me all these things, and do not forget to add your bill. Here is the thread and needle shop I was looking for. I want some thread and needles. Do you prefer English needles ? Give me some very fine ones. I want them for embroidering. Show me some knitting-needles too. Have you very broad tape ? That will do for me. Add two spools of thread and a skein of black silk. I. DAXS LES MAGASIXS. — IK THE SHOPS. 249 Faites du tout un paquet aussi petit que possible. A combien monte mon memoire T Je veux le payer tout de suite. Je n'ai pas de monnaie. Veuillez bien me changer ce billet de banque. Put it all up in as small a pack- age as you can. How much is my bill ? I wish to pay at once. I have no change. Please change- this bank-note for me. VOCABULARY. le negociant, the merchant. le marchaad, shopkeeper. ie pbarmacien, druggist. la pharmacie, drug-store. un epicier, grocer. une epicerie, grocery, un patissier, pastry-cook. la patisserie, cake-shop. un joallier, jeweller. un horloger, watchmaker. un cordonnier, shoemaker. un teinturier, dyer. un tapissier, upholsterer. un libraire, bookseller. un relieur, bookbinder. un papetier, stationer. une marchande de modes, mil- liner. un banquier, banker. une boite a ouvrage, workbox. une aiguille a tapisserie, worsted needle. une aiguille a repriser, darning- needle. un paquet d'aiguilles, paper of- needles. du fil, thread. une aiguillee, needleful. un echeveau, skein. une bobine, spool. un peloton, ball. un de, thimble. une paire de ciseaux, scissors. un passe-lacet, bodkin. du galon, braid. des portes et des crockets, hooks and eyes, des boutons, buttons, une parure, set of ornaments, un collier, necklace, un bracelet, bracelet, une bague, ring, une montre, watch, une agrafe, clasp, une boucle d'oreille, ear-ring, un flacon, smelling-bottle, un eventail, fan. une ombrelle, parasol, un parapluie, umbrella, un ruban, ribbon, un livre brocbe, an unbound book, un livre relie, a bound book, la reliure, binding, une metre, metre, une livre, pound, l'argent, money, la monnaie, change. 250 FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS. II. UN DINER.— A DINNER. Le diner est servi. Allons nous mettre a table. Qu'est-ce qu'on va nous scrvir ? Voila d'abord de la soupo. Voulez- vous du potage a la julienne ou de la soupe a l'oseille "i Donnez-moi du potage, s'il vous plait. Prenez-vous du sauterne avec votre soupe ? J'en veux bien, si vous voulez m'en donner un tout petit verre. Auguste, coupez-moi un morceau de pain. Desirez-vous maintenant du pois- son 1 ? Ce saumon a l'air d'etre tres bon. J'en prendrai volontiers un tout petit morceau. Voila un bon gigot. En voulez- vous 1 Je peux vous en donner de tres bien cuit. Non, merci ; je ne mange jamais de mouton. J'attendrai le gibier. Auguste, versez-moi de l'eau. En attendant ne voulez-vous pas prendre des legumes *? Donnez-moi des petits pois et des asperges. Malheureusement il n'y a pas d'as- perges a ce moment-ci, mais je peux vous offrir des articbauts excellents. Dinner is ready. Let us sit down at the table. What is there for dinner ?* First there is soup. Will you have julienne or sorrel soup ? Give me julienne, if you please. Will you have sherry with your soup ? With pleasure, if you will give me a very small glass of it. Augustus, cut me a hit of bread. Do you wish some fish now ? This salmon looks very good. I will take a small bit. Here is a fine leg of mutton. Do you want some ? I can give you some that is very well done. No, thanks ; I never eat mutton. I will wait for the game. Augustus, pour me out some water. While waiting will you not take some vegetables ? Give me some green peas and some asparagus. Unfortunately there is no aspara- gus now, but I can offer you excellent artichokes. * Literally : What are they going to serve us, or give us ? II. 'OT DLN-ER. — A DIOTER. 251 \ S'il n'y a pas d'asperges, il faut que je m'en passe ; mais je deteste les artichauts. Voulez-vous avoir la bonte de me passer le sel % Voulez-vous qu'on vous apporte' cailles ou du lapin ? Je-prefere les cailles au laprn. Q u e ll e s a lade-voulez-vous avec votre caille 1 On nous sert du cresson et de la laitue. Boaaeznnei- 4u—eresson, -s 'il vou o I plait, et dites a Auguste d'aller nous chercher une bouteille de vin rouge. Voici une omelette aux confitures et—des meringues a la vanille. En voulez-vous ? Ce bateau a fait naufrage. . Ce banquier a fait faillite. v Cette femme fait la cuisine. ( C'est a vous de faire les cartes, v Ce garcon fera fortune (or son cbemin). Avez-vous fait vos malles 1 II fait la medecine. - II fait le commerce. * II fait 1' important. II fait le sot. V He is always doing good. I am going to take a journey. Go and put the lady's room in order. This boat has been wrecked. This banker has failed. This woman does the cooking. It is your turn to shuffle the cards. This boy will get on. Have you packed your trunks ? He practises medicine. He is in business. He puts on airs. He plays the fool, IDIOMATIC USES OF FRENCH VERBS. 273 J'ai fait mes adieux. II fait la sourde oreille. II a fait une lieue a pied. Vous faites ce velours trop cher. \ II fait bonne mine a tout le monde. V II ne fait que pleurer. Vous faites dire a lui ce qu'il n'a jamais dit. II fait cher vivre a Paris. ; I Il>*fait tard. \j II s'est fait avocat. Qu'est-ce que cela me fait ? Y Ca ne fait rien. J Je me fais faire une robe. II m'a fait part de ce que vous avez dit. Cette piece fait fureur. II fait maigre pendant la careme. II a fait ses classes a Paris. II fait le proces a chaque mot. Elle m'a fait la morale pendant toute une heure. II fait semblant de ne rien com- prendre. \J II m'a fait bon accueil. Faites-lui mes amities. Je fais fond sur votre amitie. Ne me faites pas des questions. II se fait fort de reussir. II se fait jour a travers toutes les difficultes. Je me fais fete de vous voir. On se fait a tout dans la vie. Je ne sais comment cela s'est fait. I Sa memoire lui fait defaut. ' C'est fait de moi. C'en est fait. Chemin faisant, je le rencontrai. 18 I have said good by. He turns a deaf ear. He has walked a league. You charge too much for this velvet. He is friendly with every one. He does nothing but weep. You make him out to say what he never said. It is expensive to live in Paris. It grows late. He has become a lawyer. What does that matter to me ? No matter. I am having a dress made. He told me what you said. This piece is all the rage. He fasts during Lent. He studied at Paris. He criticises every word. She lectured me for a whole hour. He pretends to understand noth- ing. He received me well. Give him my regards. I rely on your friendship. Don't ask me any questions. He feels sure of succeeding. He makes his way through all difficulties. It is a pleasure to me to see you. One accustoms one's self to every- thing in life. I do not know how that hap- pened. His memory fails him. It is all up with me. It is all over. As I was going along, I met him. 274 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. II en fait a sa tete. II fait la pluie et chez lui. le beau temps GARDER Elle garde les malades pendant la nuit. II garde le lit aujourd hui. Gardez-vous de tomber. Dieu men garde ! II garde le silence. Je la lui garde bonne. JOUER. Est-ce que vous jouez aux cartes ? II joue du violon. Cette serrure ne joue pas. Vous jouez bien votre jeu. II fait jouer toutes les passions. II joue sa vie a chaque instant. Prenez garde ; il se joue de vous. II vous a joue un vilain tour. II joue la comedie, II se joue de toutes les difficultes. METTRE. C'est un homme qui sait tout mettre a profit. Cet argent me met a meme de l'ache- ter. Vous le mettez au rang des dieux. Je lai mis a la porte. Allez mettre les chevaux a la voi- ture. II y a mis beaucoup de temps. II me mit de sa partie de chasse. Je l'ai mis en fureur. He does as he chooses. He is ruler in his own house. She takes care of the sick during the night. He is keeping his hed to-day. Be careful not to fall. God forbid T He keeps silence. I have a bone to pick with him. Do you play cards ? He plays the violin. This lock does not work. You play your cards well. He brings all the passions into play. He risks his life every moment. Take care, he is deceiving you. He has played you an ugly trick. He is not in earnest. He makes light of all difficulties. He is a man who knows how to turn everything to profit. This money enables me to buy it. You make a god of him. I turned him out of doors. Go and harness the horses. He took a great deal of time for it. _ He made me one of his hunting party. I made him furious. IDIOMATIC USES OF FRENCH VERBS. 275 II a mis bas son chapeau. Je l'ai mis de cote. II a mis aii jour toute l'affaire. Allez mettre le couvert. II se met en quatre pour ses amis, Vous vous mettez en colere a chaque instant. Elle s'est mis dans la tete de venir. II se met au-dessus de prejuges. Je me suis mis en peine de vous. Le feu s'est mis chez moi. Elle se met tres bien. Je m'y mettrai demain. MONTER. Est-ce que vous montez a cheval ? II est monte au ciel. Cet homme va monter au theatre. La riviere a monte d'un pied. Ce corsage monte trop. Le vin lui monte a la tete. La rougeur lui monte au visage. Le ble monte. L'armee monte a 300,000 hommes. Ce memoire monte bien haut. J'ai oublie de monter l'horloge. Elle est en train de monter son cha- peau. Elle monte son violon. II a monte la tete a ce garcon. II s'est monte contre nous. He took off his hat. I laid it aside. He has made public the whole business. Go and lay the cloth. He will take any trouble for his friends. You are always getting angry. She has taken it into her head to come. He rises above prejudice. 1 have been troubled about you. My house caught fire. She dresses very well. I will set about it to-morrow. Do you ride on horseback ? He has gone to heaven. This man is going on the stage. The river has risen a foot. This waist is too high-necked. The wine has gone to his head. He is blushing. Wheat is rising (in price). The army consists of 300,000 men. This bill is very large. I forgot to wind up the clock. She is trimming her hat. She is tuning her violin. He has turned this boy's head. He is vexed with us, PERDRE. Je l'ai perdu de vue. II a voulu me perdre aupres de vous. I have lost sight of him. He wanted to ruin me in your eyes. 276 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. Sa reputation perd de jour en jour. II joue a se perdre. II en perd le boire et le manger. II y perd son latin. PORTER. II porte la haine universelle. Elle porte les cheveux longs. II porte la barbe. Ce soldat porte les armes au ge- neral. Elle porte le deuil de sa mere. II porte bien son age. Ce monsieur le porte haut. II m'a porte un coup mortel. Ne portez pas la main sur lui. Cela vous portera bonbeur. II vous a porte aux nues. II nous porte de l'amour. Ne lui portez pas envie. Les Francais l'ont porte au trone. Quelle tentation vous a porte a, ce peche % II porte son jugement sur ce tableau. Portez-le sur votre liste. Le coup de fusil a porte. Sa vue porte bien loin. La perte porta sur nous. Comment vous portez-vous ? II s'est porte a, de bonteuses ac- tions. PRENDRE. J'ai pris le deuil. La gelee ne prend pas. Elle prend de l'embonpoint. His reputation diminishes daily He plays a losing game. It is taking away his appetite. He is wasting his breath. He is the object of universal hatred . She wears her hair long. He wears his beard. This soldier presents arms to the general. She wears mourning for her mother. He is well preserved. This gentleman carries his head high. He struck me a deadly blow. Do not lay hands on him. That will bring you happiness. He praised you to the skies. He loves us. Do not envy him. The French set him on the throne. What temptation drove you to this sin ? He passes judgment on this pic- ture. Put him on your list. The shot was successful. He is very far-sighted. The loss fell on us. How are you ? He has committed shameful deeds. I have gone into mourning. The jelly does not harden. She is growing stout. IDI03IATIC USES OP FKEXCH YEEBS. 27? II a pris la clef des champs. C'est a prendre ou a laisser. Venez me prendre a mon hotel. II prend sur son sommeil pour tra- vailler. Vous prenez tout au pied de la lettre. Je vais prendre les devants. II prend du gout pour la litterature. II m'a pris en amitie. Un homme qui se noie se prend a tout. II s'en prend a, la fortune. Comment s'y prend-il pour faire ses themes ? Est-ce qu'il l'a pris en bonne part 1 J'ai pris a tache de le faire. Cet enfant prend quatre ans. Le feu a pris a la maison. II faut prendre l'occasion aux che- veux. He has run away. You may take it or leave it. Call for me at my hotel. He trenches on his sleep in order to work. You take everything literally. I will go first. He begins to care for literature. He has taken a liking to me. A drowning man will catch at a straw. He lays the blame of it on for- tune. How does he set about doing his exercises ? Did he take it well ? I undertook to do it. This child is almost four. The house took fire. You must take time by the fore- lock. RENDRE. Je me rends chez lui. Je vais lui rendre visite. Ou se rend ce chemin ? II se rend a la raison. Elle a rendu lame. Rendez-moi raison de ce que vous faites. Je vous rendrai la pareille. Je vous rends son discours mot pour mot. Ces soldats n'ont jamais rendu les armes. REVENIR. II est revenu de sa maladie. II revient a vue d'oeil. I am going to his house. I am going to pay him a call. Where does this road go to ? He yields to reason. She has given up the ghost. Account to me for what you are- doing. I'll pay you back in your own coin. I repeat you his speech word for word. These soldiers have never sur- rendered. He ha$ recovered from bis illness. He is visibly improving. 278 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. II en est ravenu d'une belle. Elle ne peut revenir de son trouble. Cela revient au meme. II ne me revient rien de mes cent francs. II me revient qu'il est mort, Revenons a nos moutons. He has had a lucky escape. She cannot get over her embar- rassment. It comes to the same thing. I get nothing for my 100 francs, I hear that he is dead. Let us return to' our subject. HIRE. II rit a gorge deployee. J'ai ri aux larmes. II ne rit qu'au bout des dents Je riais dans ma barbe. II ma ri au nez Cela rit a l'imagination. Rira bien qui rira dernier. SAVOIR (p. 159). II en sait bien long. Je ne vous savais pas malade. II y manque un je ne sais quoi. Je vous en saurai gre toute ma vie. Je ne saurais vous le dire. Ii sait bien son monde. II sait plaire a tout le monde. TENIR. Je tiens beaucoup a le voir. II n'y tient pas. Je vous tiendrai lieu de pere. lis ne peuvent tenir tete a notre feu. Le rouge tient mieux que le noir. Elle est une blonde, elle tijnt de sa mere. He shrieks with laughter. I laughed till I cried. His laughter is forced. I laughed in my sleeve. He laughed in my face. That is pleasing to the imagina- tion. He laughs best who laughs last. He knows a great deal about it. I did not know you were ill. An indescribable something is lacking to it. I shall be grateful to you all my life. I could not tell you it. He understands his public well. He knows how to please every one. I want very much to see him. He does not care for it. I will be a father to you. They cannot stand against our fire. Red holds color better than black. She is blonde, she takes after her mother. IDIOMATIC USES OP FBEKCH YEEBS. 279 II tient toujours le de de la conver- sation. Tiens, je vais te le dire. Je tiens mon homme. S'il ne tient qu'a moi. Qua cela ne tienne. Le qui tenez-vous cette nouvelle ? Je le tiens pour dit. II ne peut se tenir de rire. Le temps ne tiendra pas. Ce pare tient a la foret. II ne sait a quoi s'en tenir. TJn tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l'auras. He always leads in conversation. See here, I will tell you. I have caught my man. If it only depends on me. Don't let that make any differ- ence. From whom have you this news ? I regard that as settled. He cannot keep from laughing. This weather will not last. This park adjoins the forest, He does not know what to de- pend on. A bird in the hand is worth two in the tush. \ TOUCHER. L'annee touche a sa fin. Le recit me touche au vif Cela me touche de joie. Ce poete touche bien les passions. Yotre sante est un point qui me touche de bien pres. Get homme me touche de pres. Nous touchons au succes. Je vais vous le faire toucher au doigt. Touchez la lis se sont touches dans la main. Les extremes se touchent. II n'a pas encore touche son argent. II touche ses gages tous les quinze jours. TROTJVER. Je lui ai trouve la fievre. L'avis fut trouve bon. The year draws near its end. The story touches me to the quick. That fills me with joy. This poet treats well of the pas- sions. Your health is a matter which concerns me nearly. This man is nearly related to me. "We are on the point of success. I will make it perfectly clear to you. Shake hands on it. They have come to an agreement. Extremes meet. He has not got his money yet. He receives his wages every fort- night. I found that he had the fever. The advice was thought good. 280 IDIOMATIC PHKASES. J'ai trouve bon de le faire ainsi. Cela est bien mal. Vous trouvez ? II trouve a placer son mot. lis se sont trouves a la promenade. La maison se trouva vide. Comment vous trouvez-vous 1 Je me trouve bien ici. ' Cette jeune fille se trouve mal. V TIBER. II tire cette affaire en longueur. On ne peut le tirer de la. On en a tire plusieurs exemplaires. II tire parti de tout. Nous avons tire au sort. Le malade tire a sa fin. II ne sait pas se tirer d'affaire. Tirez-vous-en comme vous pourrez. II tire le diable par la queue. II m'a tire la langue. I thought best to do it thus. That is very bad. Do you think so ? He always gets his word in. They met while walking. The house was empty. How are you ? I am well off here. This young girl feels faint. He is spinning out the business. It is impossible to make him change. Several copies of it have been printed. He profits by everything. We drew lots. The sick man is near Bis end. He does not know how to get out of it. Get out of it as best you can. He is very hard up. He stuck out his tongue at me. VALOIR (p. 194). Cette robe ne vaut plus rien. lis ne font rien qui vaille. Ce livre lui a valu l'admiration de tout le monde. Cette terre lui vaut dix mille livres de rente. Cette affaire ne vaut pas la peine d'y penser. Ma montre vaut mieux que la votre. II ne sait pas se faire valoir. Voulez-vous nous faire valoir que vous nous aimez ? This dress is good for nothing. They do nothing worth speaking of. This book has gained him the ad- miration of every one. This estate brings him in 10,000 francs income. This affair is not worth a thought. My watch is better than yours. He does not know how to make the most of himself. Do you want to make us believe that you love us ? IDIOMATIC USES OF PEE^CH VERBS. 281 Autant vaut le dire que le penser. It is as well to say so as to think so. Je le dirai, vaille que vaille. I will say it, come what will. Le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle. The game is not worth the can . die. Monsieur vaut bien madame. One is as good as the other. Cet homme est un vaurien. This man is a good-for-nothing. VENIR (p. 145). II est verm au bout de ses d esse ins. Tout lui vient a souhait. lis en sont venus aux injures. II faut en venir la. Je crains qu'il ne vienne de la pluie. C'etait un va-et-vient continuel. J'ai fait venir cette robe de Paris. He succeeded in his plans. Everything turns out well for him. They have come to insulting each, other. It is inevitable. I fear it is going to rain. There was a continual coming and going. I sent to Paris for this dress. VOULOIR (p. 114). Croyez-vous qu'elle lui veuille du bien? Que voulez-vous dire ! Je le veux bien. Que me veut il ? Je vous veux raisonnable. II ne vous en veut pas. Veuillez bien vous asseoir. II veut cent mille francs de sa terre. Ces enfants veulent etre menes par la crainte. Je me veux mal d'une telle fai- Vous en voulez a mon argent. Ce que femme veut, Dieu le veut. Do you think she wishes him well ? What do you mean ? I am willing. What does he want of me ? I want you to be reasonable. He has no grudge against you Pray sit down. He asks 100,000 francs for his estate. These children have to be gov- erned by fear. I am angry at myself for such a weakness. You have designs on my money Woman's will is God's will. 282 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. VOILA. Tiens, vous voila ! Voila qu'on me cherche. Connaissez-vous monsieur que voi- la 1 Voila qui est fait. Nous voila enfin arrives. Le voila qui vient. Voila comme je vous aime. Voila qui va bien. En voila assez. Nous y voila. Voila ce que c'est que de se marier. So, there you are ! There is some one looking for me Do you know that gentleman ? That is over and done with. Here we are at last. Here he is coming. See how I love you. That is going well. That is enough of it. Here we are. See what it is to get married. IDIOMATIC USES OF CERTAIN COMMONER ENGLISH VERBS. AFFORD. ' I cannot afford it. v Je n'ai pas les moyens de l'acheter. How much can you afford to give? ^Combien etes-vous a portee de don- ner * X Cannot afford any more. Vje ne peux pas aller au dela. v/ AGREE. That agrees with me. They cannot agree. We have agreed to go there. We are agreed upon this point. I agree ; let it be so. ANSWER. That will answer. That will not answer at all. Do not answer back. ^ela me fait du bien. y -/lis s'accordent comme chien et chat. , yNous sommes convenus d'y aller. v /Nous sommes d'accord sur ce point. J'y consens ; soit ! \/ Cela fera mon affaire, v Cela ne fera point mon compte. Ne faites pas le raisonneur. ,' You must answer to me for it. Vous m'en rendrez compte. ASK. Some one is asking for you^ What did he ask you ? On vous demande.V Que vous a-t-il demande ? IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VERBS. 283 He asked me all sorts of ques- II m'a fait toute sorte de questions. tions. , I asked him to come. , Je l'ai prie de venir. He has asked me to dine with . II m'a invite a diner chez lui/X/ him. How much do you ask for this Combien faites-vous cet habit ? \ / coat ? ATTEND. f He does not attend to his business, ul ne fait pas attention a ses af- faires. I am attending to your business. V Je m'occupe de votre affaire. Who attends to the sick ? ^ Qui soigne les malades 1 He attends all the lessons. / II assiste a toutes les classes. She is going to attend this course -v^EUe va suivre ce cours d'bistoire. in history. , / I will attend to you in a moment. VJe serai a vous a l'instant. V / BE. How is he ? He is better. It is all right. His business is in a bad way. He is now at my house. Your house is better than mine. It is vain for you to speak to him. It is all over with me. My life is at stake. Comment va-t-il ] Comment se porte-t-il ? ^ II va mieux. II se porte mieux. Ca va bien. \ Ses affaires vont mal. II se trouve chez moi. Votre maison vaut mieux que la ^^ mienne. Vous avez beau lui parler. C'en est fait de moi. II y va de ma vie. BECOME. What has become of him ? He has become a soldier. He has become bankrupt. This coat becomes your figure. This hat is very becoming to you. The sick man is becoming worse and worse. 19 Qu'est-il devenu 1 II s'est fait soldat. II a fait faillite. Cet habit va bien a votre taille. Ce chapeau vous convient parfaite- ment. Le malade va de mal en pire. 284 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. BEHAVE. r / These children have behaved very v Ces enfants se sont tres Men con- well. / duits. He behaved like an honest man. v II a agi en honnete homme. He behaved very badly to me. \ II a tres mal agi a mon egard. Do not behave like a baby. Ne faites pas l'enfant. BEAT. She is beating the eggs. He is beating about the bush. I have beaten him two games. I cannot beat it into his brain. / Elle fouette les oeufs. n'II tourne autour du pot. Je lui ai gagne deux parties. Je ne peux pas le lui fourrer dans la tete. BREAK. The glass is broken. They bave broken their chains, \/ He has broken his arm. You have broken your word. They broke in the door. He has broken his oath. I have broken with my friend. He has to break his path through the snow. He broke into tears. They broke up at midnight. The fog is breaking away. The meeting has brokeimpr Le verre s'est brise. lis ont brise leurs fers. II s'est casse le bras. Vous avez manque a votre parole. lis enfoncerent la porte. II a viole son serment. J'ai rompu avec mon ami. II faut qu'il se fraie un chemin a travers la neige. II fonda en larmes. lis se separerent a minuit. Le brouillard se dissipe. On a leve la seance. BRING. That will bring us happiness. He has brought us the letters from the office. Who will bring the children home ? Bring in the dinner. He brought a case against us. I want to bring it into fashion. Cela va nous porter bonheur. 'II nous a apporte les lettres de la poste. Qui va ramener les enfants chez enx* Servez le diner. II nous a fait un proces. Je veux le mettre a la mode. IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VERBS. 285 He brought the whole matter to v II a mis en lumiere toute l'affaire. light. She brings up her children badly. Elle eleve mal ses enfants. CALL. "Who is calling me ? I have called on her. I will call for you to night. He has called for his money. He often calls here. They called him names. He called me a thief. The actor was called back times. Qui m'appelle ? / Je suis alle la voir. Je lui ai fait une visite. Je viendrai vous prendre ce soir. II est venu chercher son argent. II passe souvent chez nous V lis lui disaient des injures. y II m'a traite de voleur. fivey L'acteur a ete rappele cinq fois. CARE. He cares well for his patients. Take care not to lose it. I do not care. I do not care to do it. I do not care for dancing. That is his care. Take care of this letter. II soigne bien ses malades. Prenez garde de ne pas le perdre. Je ne men inquiete pas. Ca m'est Je ne tiens pas a le faire. Je n'aime pas la danse. Cela lui est a charge. Ayez soin de cette lettre. CARRY. Oarry this book to your father. He has carried his point. You carry the joke too far. He has carried his motion. He has carried off the great prize. They have carried the affair to a successful ending. The French have carried the day against their enemies. It is carrying coals to Newcastle. Portez ce livre a votre pere. II a accompli son dessein. Vous poussez trop loin la plaisan- terie II a fait adopter sa motion. II a emporte le grand prix. lis ont mene l'affaire a bonne fin. Les Francais l'ont emporte sur leurs ennemis. C'est porter de l'eau a la riviere. 286 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. CATCH. He has caught cold. I do not catch your idea. The house caught fire. Try to catch the cat. My dress caught on the chair. He caught the typhoid fever in the hospital. ,,/ II s'est enrhume. Je ne saisis pas votre idee. . Le feu a pris a la maison. i Tachez d'attraper le chat. \f Ma robe s'est accrochee a la chaise II a pris le typhus dans l'hopital. \/ CUT. I have cut my finger. He cut this coat badly. He has cut my acquaintance. The bird cuts the air. Je me suis coupe le doigt. II a mal taille cet habit. II a rompu avec moi. L'oiseau fend l'air. V DO. How do you do ? That will not do. That will do. That will do for me. He has done me a service. You will do me justice. She does her whole duty. I did my best. He did not do it on purpose. She does credit to her master. I cannot do without it. He is doing it wrong. His work is done. The meat is well done. I Lave nothing to do with this business. What does he do with himself ? What shall I do ? Comment vous portez-vous 1 Com- ment allez-vous ? Cela ne va pas. Cela n'ira pas. V C'est bien. Cela ira. Cela suffit. C'est tout. Cela me convient. Cela fera bien mon affaire. II m'a rendu service. Vous me rendrez justice. Elle remplit tous ses devoirs. , J'ai fait de mon mieux. J'ai fait mon possible. II ne l'a pas fait expres. Elle fait honneur a son maitre. v Je ne peux pas m'en passer. II s'y prend mal. Son ouvrage est fini. V La viande est bien cuite. Je ne suis pour rien dans cette af- faire. A quoi s'occupe-t-il * Qu'est-ce que je vais devenir 1 IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VEKBS. 28? DRAW. Who drew this landscape ? I cannot draw a circle. We are going to draw lots. He drew all her teeth. She has gone to draw water from the well. He draws his wages every month. He drew near him and said Try to draw this man out. He drew the attention of every one. He drew back from such a sacri- fice. The carriage drew up before the house. Has the contract been drawn up ? , Qui a dessine ce paysage 1 Je ne peux pas tracer un cercle. Nous allons tirer au sort. II lui a arrache tous les dents. Elle est allee puiser de l'eau dans le puits. II touche ses gages tous les mois. II s'approcha de lui et lui dit Tachez de faire parler cet homme. II a attire les regards de tout le monde. II recula devant un tel sacrifice. La voiture s'arreta devant la mai- son. Est-ce qu'on a dresse le contrat ? ENGAGE. He is engaged in business. He cannot see you, he is engaged. She is already engaged. They are engaged (to be married). lis sont fiances. II est dans les affaires. II ne peut pas vous voir, il est oc- cupe. Elle est deja promise. FEEL. I do not feel well. I feel for your sorrows. Feel his pulse. GET. He got up at four o'clock. He cannot get a living. He is getting ready to go away. He will get back to-morrow. He gets more and more naughty. He always gets the upper hand. I cannot get any money. He got what he deserved. Je ne me sens pas bien. Je prends part a vos chagrins. Tatez-lui le puis. 11 s'est leve a quatre heures. II ne peut pas gagner sa vie. II s'apprete a partir. II sera de retour demain. II devient de plus en plus mechant. II prend toujours le dessus. Je ne peux pas me procurer d'ar- gent. II a rec,u ce qu'il a merite. 288 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. I cannot get rid of him. He does not know bow to get out of the difficulty. He will get on in the world. He will get home to-morrow. He is getting better. I cannot get along without smok- ing. GIVE. Je ne puis me debarrasser de lui. II ne sait pas se tirer d 'affaire. II fera son chemin. II arrivera demain chez lui. II se porte mieux. Je ne peux pas me passer de fumer. He gave me a handsome present. You must give an account of what ' you have done. Give heed to me. Give him my regards. Give this to your uncle. V He gives his mind to doing it well. The enemy gave battle the 20th of May. I have given up doing it. He gives himself up to study. II m'a fait un cadeau magnifique. II faut rendre compte de ce que vous avez fait. Faites attention a moi. Faites-lui mes amities. Remettez cela a votre oncle. II s 'applique a le faire bien. L'ennemi livra bataille le 20 mai, J'ai renonce a le faire. II se livre a l'etude. GO (p. 128). He has gone to walk. I am going away tc-morrow. She has gone out of the room. They go halves in this affair. We must go to work. II est alle se promener. Je pars demain. Elle est sortie de la chambre. lis sont de moitie dans l'affaire. II faut nous mettre a l'ouvrage. I do not know how to go about it. . Je ne sais pas comment m'y pren- dre. Go away. Allez-vous-en. I will go for the book. J'irai chercher le livre. She has gone into mourning. Elle a pris le deuil. HELP. May I help you to potatoes ? How can I help it ? I cannot help (prevent) it. Puis-je voui iervir des pommes de terre * Que voulez-vous que j'y fasse t Je ne puis pas l'empecher. Je n'y puis rien. IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VERBS. I cannot help (doing) it. It cannot be helped. 289 Je ne puis m'en empecher. C'est plus fortLque moi. On n'y peut rien. II n'y a rien a faire. He did his best to help on the II a fait son possible pour avancer work. l'ouvrage He helped me out of a great dif- II ma tire d'un mauvais pas. ficulty. Help ! help ! Au secours ! A moi ! Heaven helps those who help Aide-toi ; le ciel t'aidera. themselves. IMPROVE. His health is much improved. These children have improved in their studies. "We must improve the opportunity. She is much improved in appear- ance. He tries his best to improve him- self. KEEP. He keeps a shop in Paris. You do not keep your word. I shall keep my bed all day. Are you going to keep Lent ? Keep silence. Do not keep him waiting. "We always keep New Year's day. I cannot keep him from doing it. She keeps complaining. He keeps saying the same thing. France keeps up an enormous army. She has kept her health wonder- fully. 19 Sa sante s'est beaucoup amelioree. Ces enfants ont fait des progres dans leurs etudes. II nous faut profiter de l'occasion. Elle est beaucoup embellie. II fait son possible pour s'instruire. II tient boutique a Paris. Vous ne tenez pas votre parole. Je vais garder mon lit toute la journee. Allez-vous faire careme 1 Gardez le silence Ne le faites pas attendre. Nous fetons toujours le jour de Tan. Je ne peuz pas l'empecher de le faire. Elle ne cesse pas de se plaindre. II est toujours a dire la me me chose. La France entretient une armee enorme. Elle a admirablement conserve sa sante. 290 IDIOMATIC PHKASES. The laws must be kept. The police keep the town in order. LEAVE. He has left town. Are you going to leave ? He leaves all his things lying about. We leave to-morrow for Paris. I give you all that is left of it. I leave it to you. He has left off smoking. You have left me in the lurch. II faut observer les lois. Les gendarmes maintienr.ent l'ordre dans la ville II a quitte la ville. Est-ce que vous vous en allez 1 II laisse trainer toutes ses affaires. Nous allons partir demain pour Paris. Je vous donne tout ce qui m'en reste. Je m'en rapporte a vous. II a renonce a fumer. Vous m'avez plante la. LET. Let me look at it. Let him know that I am here. I will let you know. Let me alone. Who let you into the house ? He let me his house. Permettez-moi d'y regarder. Avisez-lui que je suis ici. Je vous le ferai savoir. Laissez-moi tranquille. Qui vous a fait entrer dans la mai- son 1 II m'a loue sa maison. He has let the cat out of the bag. II a decouvert le pot aux roses. LOOK. Look at your watch and see what time it is. You look well. He looks tired. She always looks as if she had just come out of a bandbox. Our windows look out on the gar- den. She is looking for her music. He looks very much like his uncle. I will look through the book be- fore giving it to you. Regardez l'heure a votre montre. Vous avez bonne mine. II a l'air fatigue. Elle est toujours tiree a quatre epingles. Nos fenetres donnent sur le jardin. Elle cherche sa musique. II ressemble beaucoup a son oncle. Je vais parcourir le livre avant de vous le donner. IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH YEKBS. 291 Look out ! Look here ! He looks down upon every one. Prenez garde ! Tenez ! Tiens ! \ II regarde tout le monde de baut en bas. I must look over my lesson again. II faut que je repasse encore une fois ma lecon. How did he look when he heard Quelle mine a-t-il faite quand il a that ? entendu cela ? MAKE. He cannot make up his mind. I have made up my mind to go. He is always making mistakes. She made him happy. I have made it up with my father. Make haste, I am waiting. Make yourself at home. Make yourself comfortable. He makes fan of everything. She is making believe not to see us. He has made a great deal of money. I cannot make myself heard. He knows how to make the most of his goods. TTe must make the best of it. They are making much of him. I do not know what to make of it. He has made away with his whole fortune. This fruit makes my mouth water. I want to make up my accounts. This woman makes dresses. II ne peut pas se decider. J'ai pris mon parti d'y aller. II se trompe a chaque instant. Elle l'a rendu heureux. Je me suis raccommode avec mon pere. Depecbez-vous, je vous attends. Faites comme chez vous. Mettez-vous a votre aise. II tourne tout en plaisanterie. Elle fait semblant de ne pas nous voir. II a amasse beaucoup d'argent. Je ne peux pas me faire entendre. II sait faire valoir ses marchan- \/ dises. II faut en tirer le meilleur parti possible, lis font grand cas de lui. Je n'y comprends rien. II a gaspille toute sa fortune. Ce fruit me fait venir l'eau a la boucbe. Je veux regler mes comptes. Cette femme confectionne des robes MARRY. This lady is to marry my son. He was married last week. Cette dame va epouser mon fils. II s'est marie la semaine derniere 292 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. The bishop married them. He has just married off his daughter. MEAN. What do you mean ? I meant to go there. I mean to be obeyed. Does he mean it ? He means very well. I did not mean to do it. This sarcasm is meant for you. MIND. These children do not mind me. Mind your business. Don't mind what he says. Never mind. I do not mind that. Mind what you are doing. L'eveque les a maries. II vient de marier sa fille. Que voulez-vous dire 1 J'avais l'intention d'y aller. J'entends etre obei. Est-il serieux 1 II a de tres bonnes intentions. Je ne l'ai pas fait expres. Ce sarcasme s'adresse a vous. " " est a votre adresse. Ges enfants ne m'obeissent pas. Occupez-vous de vos affaires. Ne faites pas attention a ce qu'il dit. N'importe. Ce n'est rien. Cela ne me fait rien. Frenez garde a ce que vous faites. / MOVE. He does not move from his place. They are going to move to-mor- row. He has moved one of his pawns (in chess). He will move heaven and earth to succeed. PAY. He paid me many compliments. I am going to pay her a call. He wants to pay his bill. Pay attention to what I am say- ing. He pays ready money for every- thing. II ne bouge pas de sa place, lis vont demenager domain. II a joue un de ses pions. II remuera le ciel et la terro pour reussir. II m'a fait beaucoup de compli- ments. Je vais lui faire une visite. II veut regler son compte. Faites attention a ce que je vous dis. II paie tout argent comptant. IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VERBS. 293 He is paying attention to Miss B. I will pay you up for this. It does not pay. II fait la cour a Mademoiselle B. Je vous rendrai la pareille. Le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle. PICK. She is picking currants. The cook is picking the chickens. The dog is picking a bone. This man picks quarrels with every one. He picks out his friends badly. Pick up the gentleman's handker- chief. The key is lost ; we must pick the lock. PLAY. She plays the piano very well. Do you like to play cards ? He plays false. He always plays high. We played three games. You played a mean trick on me. The Cid is to be played to-night. Do not play the fool. Elle cueille des groseilles. La cuisiniere plume les poules. Le chien ronge un os. Cet homme cherche querelle a tout le monde. II choisit mal ses amis. Ramassez le mouchoir de monsieur. La clef est perdue ; il faut cro- cheter la serrure. Elle joue tres bien du piano. Aimez-vous jouer aux cartes * II triche au jeu. II joue toujours gros jeu. Nous avons fait trois parties. Vous m'avez joue un mauvais tour. On va representer ce soir le Cid. Ne faites pas le fou. PUT. This must be put an end to. He put several questions to me. Why did you put out the fire ? Put on your hat. I am going to put it off till an- other day. I have put away my things in the cupboard. He puts aside half his income. He has put all his papers in order. This house is to be put up at auc- tion. II faut y mettre fin. II m'a pose plusieurs questions Pourquoi avez-vous eteint le feu ? Mettez votre chapeau. Je vais le remettre a un autre jour. J'ai serre mes affaires dans Tar. moire. II met de cote la moitie de ses rentes. II a range tous ses papiers. On va mettre aux encheres cette maison. / 294 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. You put upon him too much. I should like to put it off forever. RAISE. You cannot raise this weight. He cannot raise any money. They have raised the price of wheat. He raised his voice so as to be heard. They have raised the siege. This victory will raise the courage of the army. I raise vegetables in my garden. He pretends to raise the dead. That raised our suspicion. Vous avez trop abuse de lui Je voudrais bien le renvoyer aux calendes grecques. Vous ne pouvez pas soulever ce poids. II ne peut pas se procurer de l'ar- gent. On a hausse le prix du ble. II eleva la voix pour se faire en- tendre. On a leve le siege. Cette victoire va ranimer le cou- rage a l'armee. Je cultive des legumes dans mon jar din II pretend ressusciter les morts. Cela nous fit naitre des soupcons. RISE. The sun rises at 6 o'clock. He cannot rise from his bed. A tempest rose. The army rose against its officers. The water is rising in the pipes. He was not made to rise so high. The Rhine rises in Switzerland. Le soleil se leve a six heures. II ne peut pas se relever de son lit. Une tempete s'eleva. L'armee se souleva contre ses of- ficiers. L'eau monte dans les tuyaux. II n'etait pas fait pour monter si haut. Le Rhin prend sa source en Suisse. SET. You can set your watch by mine. Vous pouvez regler votre montre sur la mienne. I am going to have these diamonds Je vais faire enchasser ces dia- set. mants. He will not set a price for it. II ne veut pas y mettre un prix. The doctor will set your arm. Le medecin vous remettra le bras. He set a trap for you. II vous a dresse un piege. IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VERBS. 295 She is setting you a bad example. We must set to work. His father has set him up in busi- ness. Who set the house on fire. He sets out to-morrow. The sun sets at seven o'clock. The fine weather is setting in. Have you set the day ? Elle vous donne un mauvais exexn- ple. II faut nous mettre a travailler. Son pere l'a etabli dans le com- merce. Qui a mis le feu a la maison 1 II part demain. Le soleil se couche a sept heures. Le temps se met au beau. Avez vous fixe le jour ? SLEEP. Did you sleep well ? I did not go to sleep at all. In what room does he sleep ? He sleeps in the open air. Avez-vous bien dormi 1 Je ne me suis point endormi. Dans quelle chambre couche-t-il 1 II couche a la belle etoile. STAND. He stood opposite us. She is too weak to stand up. He stood up to look at her. This boy always stands first. The house stands at the corner of the street. I cannot stand the cold weather. His hair stood on end. He stood still for a few moments. As matters stand. The army stood firm against the assault. Do not stand on ceremony. STRIKE. It has struck noon. He struck me a cruel blow. An idea strikes me. II se tenait en face de nous. Elle est trop faible pour se tenir debout. II se leva pour la regarder. Ce garcon est toujours au premier rang. La maison est situee au coin de la rue. Je ne peux pas supporter le froid. Ses cheveux se dressaient sur sa iete. II s'arreta pendant quelques in- stants. Au point ou en sont les choses. L'armee tint bon contre 1'assaut. Ne faites pas de facons Midi est sonne. II m'a porte un coup sensible. II me vient une idee. 296 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. They struck off several copies of it. It is a very striking color. The workmen have struck. Your news has struck me down. He was struck with horror. Strike a match. We could not strike a bargain. He surrendered without striking a blow. Has the tree already struck root ? TAKE. I am going to take a walk. The nurse will take the children to school. The sick man has just taken an airing. I cannot take your advice. I take pleasure in seeing you. He takes advantage of every mo- ment of leisure. You take advantage of his kind- ness. I take several newspapers. He has come to take leave of us. He does not take a joke well. This boy has taken all the prizes. Who took him prisoner ? He took a great deal of trouble to please you. How long does it take to go there ? Cain took his brother's life. He took himself off when he saw us. She cannot take her eyes off you. On en a tire plusieurs exemplaires. C'est une couleur qui saute auz yeux. Les ouvriers out fait greve. Vos nouvelles m'ont atterre. II etait frappe d'horreur. Allumez une allumette. Nous n'avons pu conclure le marche. II s'est livre sans coup ferir. Est-ce que l'arbre a deja pris ra- cine 1 Je vais me promener. La bonne conduira les enfants a l'ecole. Le malade vient de prendre l'air. Je ne peux pas suivre vos conseils. Je me plais a vous voir. II profite de chaque instant de loisir. Vous abusez de ses bontes. Je suis abonne a plusieurs jour- naux. II est venu prendre conge de nous. II n'entend pas raillerie. Ce garcon a remporte tous les prix. Qui la fait prisonnier ? II s'est donne beaucoup de peine pour vous plaire. Combien faut-il de temps pour y aller ? Cain a ote la vie a son frere. II se sauva en nous voyant. Elle ne pent pas vous quitter des yeux. IDIOMATIC USES OF ENGLISH VERBS. 297 He takes after his mother. We took shelter from the storm. I have taken a liking to this child. She has taken a great fancy to him. Take care ! To take time by the forelock. He has taken it into his head to come. I should have taken him to be older. TIE. I am going to tie the dog to the carriage. Will you tie this ribbon ? I cannot tie a knot. The thief's hands must be tied. II ressemble a sa mere. Nous nous sommes mis a l'abri de l'orage. Je me suis epris de cet enfant. Elle s*est coiffee de lui. Prenez garde ! Prendre l'occasion aux cheveux. II s'est mis dans la tete de venir. Je l'aurais cru plus age. Je vais attacher le chien a la voi- ture. Voulez-vous nouer ce ruban T Je ne peux pas faire un noeud.. II faut lier les mains au voleur,. TRY. Try to do it. I tried to please him. Have you tried on your dress ? This thief must be tried. He is trying hard to learn it. I tried my very best to get there early. He did it to try your friendship. TURN. He has turned catholic. You have turned over a new leaf. He does not know which way to turn. She turned pale. He knows how to turn everything to advantage. I will turn him out of the house. He turned the tables on you. Tachez de le faire. J'ai cherche a lui plaire. Avez-vous essaye votre robe * II faut que ce voleur soit juge. II s'efforce a l'apprendre. J'ai fait tout mon possible pour y arriver de bonne beure. II l'a fait pour mettre a l'epreuve votre amitie. II s'est fait catholique. Vous avez change de vie. II ne sait pas ou donner de la tete. Elle palit. II sait tout mettre a, profit. Je vais le faire mettre a la porta. II vous a rendu la pareille. 298 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. The princes have been turned out On a chasse les princes de la France. of France. He turned aside from the right II s'ecarta du bon chemin. path. WALK. Are you going to walk ? He has gone to walk (take a walk). I have just walked ten miles. He walks very fast. He is walking his horse. They are walking up and down. They are walking arm in arm. WANT. Bo you want to go there ? I want to see him very much. Do you want anything ? The necessary books are wanting. You are wanted. It wants ten minutes to six. Allez-vous a pied ? II est a lie se promener. Je viens de faire dix milles a pied. II marche tres vite. II a mis son cheval an pas. lis se promenent de long en large. lis se promenent bras dessus, bras dessoiu. Voulez-vous y aller ? J'ai grande envie de le voir. Ave* -vous besoin de quelque chose ? Vous faut-il quelque chose 1 II nous manque les livres neces- saires. On vous demande. II est six beures moins dix minutes. GENERAL INDEX. The references are to pages; but the Dumbers of subdivisions occurring on the page are added in parentheses where called for, in order to the ready finding of a reference, Al! French and English words are to be looked for in the Vocabularies, and not in the Index. a, pron'n of. 4-5 ; when silent, 5 (14) ; when elided, 5 (15) ; its ac- cent-marks, 5 (16). abstract nouns, inclusive article with, 37 (5b). accent of a word, 4. accent-marks or written accents, 2-3 : — and see acute, circumflex, grave, and the different vowels. acute accent, 3-4 : — and see the different voicels. address, vous chiefly used in, 28 (9b) ; titles used, 73. adjectives, gender, 46-9 ; number, 50-1 ; agreement, 46-7 ; place, when attributive, 51-2 ; differ- ence of meaning, depending on difference of place, 52 (5c) ; com- parison, 54-5 ; adverbs from, 143-5 ; adj. used as adverbs, 145 (9). adverbs, made from adjectives, 143-5 j adjectives used as, 145 ; comparison of adv., 145 ; classes, 148-9 ; adv. of quantity, and their construction with follow- ing nouns, 40-1 ; negative adv. and their uses, 65-7 ; position of adv. , 150 ; adv. in adjective or noun construction, 40, 149 (2b). age, mode of expression of, 83 (5). ai, diphthong, pron'n of, 11 ; oi sometimes written for, 12 (44/;). aim, ain, nasal vowels, pron'n of, 14 (50c). alphabet, 1-2. am, an, nasal vowels, pron'n of, 13 ; exceptions, 15 (54). antecedent, pronoun, of relative, 112 (2), 113 (4a), 123-4. apostrophe and its use, 3. articles, 27-8 -.—and see definite and indefinite. aspirate h, 18-9. an, diphthong, pron'n of, 11 (40). auxiliaries making compound ten- ses of verb, 58, 132-3 ; of reflex- ive verb, 135 (3) ; making passive conjugation, 131 ; aux. of im- mediate future, 129 (9c) ; of im- mediate past, 146 (lib) ; causa- tive aux., 151. b, pron'n of, 15. bodily conditions, expressions of, 70 (6). c, pron'n of, 16 ; hard and soft values of , 16 ; cc, 16 (58c) ; use of cedilla with, 3 (7), 16 ; when silent as final, 16. capital letters, use of, 1-2, 73 (4c). cardinal numerals, see numerals, carrying-on of a final consonant to following vowel, 25-6. cases mostly wanting in French, 33. * causative verb-phrases, with faire, 151. cedilla, 3 (7). ch, digraph, pron'n of, 16 ; how treated in syllabication, 2 (4c). 300 GENERAL INDEX. circumflex accent, 3 -.—and see the different vowels. close and open sounds of e, 7. comparative of adjective, 54 ; of adverb, 145 ; original comp., 54, 145 ; de after plus, moins, 77 (9). comparison of adjectives, 54-5 ; of adverbs, 145. compound forms of the verb, with auxiliaries, 58, 86 (5). conditional tense (or mode), 45, 125 ; derived from infinitive, 85-6. conditional perfect tense, 58 (6). conjugation of verbs, 57 etc.: of avoir, 57-60 ; of etre, 62-3; nega- tive conj., 65-7; of regular verbs, 85 etc.; of irregular verbs, 113 etc. conjugations, the three regular, 85 ; a fourth, 85 (la). conjunctions, 157-9 ; conjunction- phrases, 158-9. conjunctive and disjunctive pro- nouns, 102-10. consonants, pron'n of, 15-26: — and see the different letters. countries and provinces, the article used with names of, 43-4. ct final, pron'n of, 23 (76a). d, pron'n of, 17 ; linking of, 26 (85). date, expression of, 82-3. dative case, represented by noun with a, 34 (4a) ; dative pronoun, 103 (5), 109. days of week, names of, 82. definite article, 27 ; combinations with de and a, 33-4 ; use in parti- tive expression, 36-7 ; inclusive use, 37-8 ; with names of coun- tries, 43-4 ; of mountains, 45 ; with other proper names, 44-5 ; makes superlative from compar- ative, 54-5, 145 ; its repetition, 28 (7), 55 (5b) ; used for posses- sive, 73 (5a). demonstratives, adjectives, 69 ; pronouns, 111-3. diaeresis, uses of, 3 (8). diphthongs, so-called, pron'n of, 11-2 ; real diphthongs wanting in French, 11 (38a) : — and see the different letters. disjunctive and conjunctive pro- nouns, 102-10. division of words into syllables, 2. double consonants, pron'n of, 15 (56c). e, pron'n of, 5-8 ; mute e, 5-6 ; e acute and grave, 6-7 ; e circum flex, 7 (24) ; e before consonant in same syllable, 7-8 ; exception- al cases, 8 ; elision of, when final, 8 ; written to denote the soft sound of g, 17 (62/'). e, e acute, 6-7 ; e or e before ge, 6 (20c) ; e final of a verb-form before je, 89 (c). e, e grave, 6-7. e, e circumflex, 7. eau, pron'n of, 11 (40). ei, diphthong, pron'n of, 11. ein, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 14 (50c).' elision of final vowels, 3 (9) ; of e, 8 (26c) ; of a, 5 (15) ; of i, 9 (29/;). em, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 13, 14 (50c, 53a), 15 (54). -eminent, pron'n of, 8 (26*7). en, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 13 ; ex- ceptional cases, 14 (50c, 52a, 53a). 15 v 54). eu, diphthong, pron'n of, 11 ; in forms of avoir, 11 (415). eun, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 14 (51). ex-, pron'n of, 24 (81a). exclamations ; use of quel in, 70 ; of que and quoi, 118 (4c). expletive ne, in dependent clauses, 159. f, pron'n of, 17. feminine of adjectives, how form- ed, 47-9 : — and see gender. final consonants, pron'n of, 15 ; linking of, 25-6. first regular conjugation of verbs, 85, 87-9 ; its irregular verbs, 98-100. fourth regular conjugation (as sometimes reckoned), 85 (la). GENERAL INDEX. 301 fractional numerals, 80. future tense, 41 ; made from in- finitive, 85-6 ; fut. of immedi- ate action, 129 (9c). future perfect tense, 58 (6). g, pron'n of, 17-8 ; hard and soft values of, 17 ; double, 17 ; final, 17 ; when linked, 26 (856) ; or- thographic use of e and u after, 17-8 ; gn, pron'n of, 18. ge, e or e before, 6 (20c). gender, of nouns, 27 ; gender of adjective words, 27 (2) ; of arti- cles, 27 ; gender-forms of ad- jectives, 46-9 ; of pronouns, 69-70, 72-3, 107-128. genitive case, represented by noun with de, 33 (la) ; genitive pro- noun, 109-10. gerund, 57 (3c, d). gn, digraph, pron'n of, 18 ; how treated in syllabication, 2 (4c). grammatical subject, ce or il, 63-4, 112. grave accent, 3 (5) : — and see the different vowels. h, pron'n of, 18-9 ; mute or silent and aspirate h, 18-9 ; h in di graphs. 19 (64#) ; in syllabica- tion, 2(4f). hard c, 16 ;' ch, 16 (59a) ; g, 17. hyphen, 4 (10) ; used in interroga- tive verb-forms, 29 (106, c) ; in compound numerals, 77 ; before object pronouns, 104, 105 (9c). i, pron'n of, 8-9 ; accent, 9 (29a) ; elision of final, 9 (296). im, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 13 (50) ; exceptions, 15 (54c). imperative, 49 ; made from present indicative, 86 (6) ; impv. use of present subjunctive persons, 52 (7c). imperfect indicative tense, 34-5 ; made from present participle, 86(4). impersonal or indefinite subject, 63-4, 112, 139-40. impersonal verbs, 139-42. in, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 13 (50). inclusive article, 37 (5). indefinite article, 28. indefinite pronouns, 73-4, 127-8. indefinite or impersonal subject, ce or il, 63-4, 112. indirect object, pronoun forms for, 103 (5). infinitive, 57 (2) ; sign of, 57 (26), 154 (46) ; other prepositions and preposition-phrases governing, 154 (4, 5); future and conditional made from inf., 85-6. interrogatives, 70, 117-9, 149 (6a), 158 (2) ; form of interr. sentence, 28-9, 118-9; with negative, 67 (8) ; interr. paraphrases, 97 (8a), 119 (7) ; interr. used also as rela- tives, 121. intransitive verbs, auxiliary taken by, 132-3. irregular verbs of first conjuga- tion, 98-100 ; irr. verbs in gen- eral, 113-4 ; their conjugation in detail, 114-198 ; alphabetical list, with references, 199-201. j, pron'n of, 19. je, pron'n of, after verb, 6 (18c). k, occurrence and pron'n of, 19. 1, pron'n of, 19-20 ; liquid 1, after i, 19-20 ; after i preceded by other vowels, 20 (686) ; excep- tional cases, 19, 20. letters, French names of, 1. linking or carrying-on of final con- sonants to following vowels, 25- 6. liquid 1, see 1. m, pron'n of, 20-1 ; makes pre- ceding vowel nasal, 12-5 : — see nasal vowels. masculine and feminine, see gen- der. material, expressed by noun with de, 40. measure, de used in expression of, after noun or adverb, 40 ; after adjective, 83 (6). 302 GENERAL INDEX. mn, pron'n after vowel, 14 (536), 21 (69a). month, day of, how expressed, 80 (3a) ; names of months, 82. mountain, article used with the name of a, 45 {be). mute e, 5-6 ; after another vowel, 8 (28rt), 10 (35), 12 (45). mute h, 18-9. mute syllables, restricted occur rence of, 6-7. n, pron'n of, 21 ; makes preceding vowel nasal, 12-5 : — see nasal vowels. nasal vowels, pron'n of, 12-5 ; an, am, em, en, 13 ; on, om, 13 ; im, in, ym, yn, aim, ain, ein, 13-4 ; oin, 14 (50d) ; urn, un, eun, 14 ; exceptional cases, 14-5 ; carry- ing-on of their n when final, 26 (86c). negative conjugation, 65-7. nouns, gender, 27 ; number, 30-1 case, absence of, 33 ; case-rela tions as expressed by de and a 33, 34 ; partitive noun, 36-7 ; in elusive sense of noun, 37. numerals, 76-84 ; cardinals, 76-7 ordinals, 79-80 ; cardinals for English ordinals, 79-80 ; frac tionals, 80. o, pron'n of, 9 ; accent, 9 (316). object - pronouns, 103-5 ; place, 104-5. oe, diphthong, before il, 11 (41c). oeu, pron'n of, 11 (41a). oi, diphthong, pron'n of, 12 ; oi written for ai, 12 (446). oin, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 14 (bOd). om, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 13 (49). on, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 13 (49) ; exception, 15 (546). open and close e, 7. ordinal numerals : — see numerals, ou, diphthong, pron'n of, 12 ; with following vowel, 12 (42a). p, pron'n of, 21. participles, 57-8. partitive sense of a noun, 36 ; ex- pressed by de, with or without article, 36-7 ; use or omission of article, 37 (3), 57, 67 ; of de, 37 (4), 67 (7a) ; en as partitive pronoun, 110. passive conjugation, 131-2 ; Eng- lish passive otherwise expressed in French, 127 (4c), 132 (4) ; ex- pression of ' by ' after passive, 132 (3). past anterior tense, 58 (6). past definite tense, so-called, 38 (7c) : — see preterit. past indefinite tense, so-called, 58 (6a) :— see perfect. past or passive participle, 57-8 ; compound tenses and passive made with, 58, 86, 131 ; form of participle in such combinations, 58 (56), 122 (26), 131 (16), 133 (8), 135 (4). perfect tense, 58 (6). personal pronouns, 102-10 ; con- junctive and disjunctive, 102 ; subject, 102-3; object, 103-5; reflexive, 108 ; en and y, 109-10. ph, digraph, pron'n of, 19 (64#) ; how treated in syllabication, 2 (4c). pluperfect tense, indicative 58 (6). pluperfect tense, subjunctive, use of, 34(16). plural of nouns, how formed, 30- 1 ; of adjectives, 46, 50-1. possessives, adjective, 72-3 ; sub- stantive, 126-7 ; rules for use, 73 (3, 5) ; replaced by article or personal pronoun, 73 (5a). possessive case, see genitive. predicate, form of personal pro- noun in, 108 (3d, e) ; of interrog- ative, 118 (4a) ; of relative, 122- (2a). prepositions, commonest, 33-4, 43; others, and preposition-phrases, 153-4 ; prep, followed by infini- tive, 154. present participle, 57 ; apparent use with en, or gerund, 57 (3c, d); certain tenses made from, 86 (4) ; also plural persons of present, 86 (4a), 114 (5c). GENERAL INDEX. 303 present tease, indicative, its plural forms found from present par- ticiple, 86 (4a), 114 (5c) ; impera tive found from it, 86 (6). present tense, subjunctive, 52 ; use of its persons as imperative, 52- 3. preterit tense, 38 ; imperfect sub- junctive found from it, 86 (7). principal parts of the verb, 85 ; formation of the other parts from them, 85-6 pronouns and pronominal adjec- tives, 69-74, 102-128 ; personal, 102-10 ; reflexive, 108, 135 ; pos- sessive, 72-3, 126-7 ; demonstra- tive, 69, 111-3 ; interrogative, 70, 117-9 ; relative, 70 (56), 121- 4 ; indefinite, 74, 127-8 :— and see the different classes. pronunciation, 4-26 ; of vowels, 4-10 ; of diphthongs, 11-2 ; of nasal vowels, 12-5 ; of conso- nants, 15-26 : — and see the differ- ent letters. proper names, use of article with, 43-5; prepositions used with, 44. q, pron'n of, 21. quantity of French vowels, 4 (12). r, pron'n of, 21-2 ; final, 22 ; double, 22 (73a - ). reciprocal use of reflexive forms, 138 reflexive pronoun, 108 (4), 135 (2). reflexive conjugation, 135-8. regular conjugations of verbs, 85- 97. relative pronouns and pronominal adjective, 70 (5b), 121-4; ad- verbs, 123, 149 (6a), 158 (2) ; rel- ative not omitted, 124 (11). repetition, of article, 28 (7) ; of prepositions de and a, 34 (5). responsive particles, 149 (6c). s, pron'n of, 22-3 ; when as z, 22 ; final s, 22-3 ; ss, sc, sch, 22 ; linked or carried on, 26 (856). s, lost, replaced by circumflex on vowel, 3 (6c) s added to 2d sing. impv. before en and y, 88 (10a), 129 (9a). sc, pron'n of, 23 (755). sch, pron'n of. 23 (75c). second regular conjugation of verbs, 85, 90-2. silent e, h, syllables, see mute. soft sound of c, 16 ; of g, 17. ss, pron'n of, 23 (75^). strong forms of irregular verbs, 115 (d). subject-pronoun, its place, 102-3. subjunctive tenses, 52, 55 ; im- perative use of subj. forms, 52- 3 ; subj. present found from present participle, 86 (4) ; im- perfect, from preterit, 86 (7). superlative, made from compara- tive, 54-5, 145. syllables, division of words into, 2. t, pron'n of, 23-4 ; final, 23-4 ; ti of endings before a vowel, 24 ; th, 76 (28). t, added to a 3d sing, before fol- lowing pronoun, 29 (10c), 89 (9b). th, pron'n of, 24 (78) ; treatment in syllabication, 2 (4c). third regular conjugation of verbs, 85 ; as sometimes reckoned, 85 (la), 190. time of day, expression of, 64 (a), 83. u, pron'n of, 9-10 ; after q and g, 9 (33) ; accent, 10 (34) ; written after g to denote its hard sound, 18 (62/) ; u and a following vowel, 10 (35). ue after c or g, before il, 11-2 (41tf). urn final in Latin words 10 (33c), 14 (516). am and un, nasal vowel, pron'n of, 14 (51). v, pron'n of, 24. verbs, conjugation of, see conjuga- tion ; auxiliaries, see auxiliaries ; passive verbs, 131-2 ; reflexive, 135-8 ; impersonal, 139-42 — 304 GENERAL INDEX. and see the various tenses, modes, etc. vowels, pron'n of, 4-15 ; simple vowels, 4-10 ; diphthongs, 11-2 ; nasal vowels, 12-5 : — and see the different letters. w, pron'n of, 24 (80\ weather, phrases describing, 141 (5), 150 (9a) ; impersonal verbs of, 140. week, names of its days, 82. x, pron'n of, 24-5 ; when linked, 26 (856). y, pron'n of, as vowel, 10 ; be- tween vowels, 10 ; as consonant. 25 ; interchange of i and y, 10 (376), 100 (6). ym and yn, nasal vowel, pron'n of 13 (506). z, pron'n of, 25. $ JMi 16 195J Ml • W : v v rw * ^0< ,4 o. •s^. aS O, ^ "3* ^0* ^9* % ^ <3* ^ ^ 003 128 391 7 ■ ■ H ■ H